Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
 
Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2012
 
Commission File No. 001-33794
 
HILLENBRAND, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Indiana 
(State of incorporation)	 	26-1342272 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
 	 	 	
One Batesville Boulevard	 	 	
Batesville, IN	 	47006	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
 
(812) 934-7500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x	 	Accelerated filer o	
 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer o	 	Smaller reporting company o	
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell Company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No x
 
The registrant had 62,686,180 shares of common stock, no par value per share, outstanding as of January 29, 2013.

 

Table of Contents
 
HILLENBRAND, INC.
INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

 	 	Page	
 	PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION	 	
 	 	 	
Item 1.	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	 	
 	 	 	
 	Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	3	
 	 	 	
 	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	4	
 	 	 	
 	Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012, and September 30, 2012	5	
 	 	 	
 	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	6	
 	 	 	
 	Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	7	
 	 	 	
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	17	
 	 	 	
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks	26	
 	 	 	
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	27	
 	 	 	
 	PART II — OTHER INFORMATION	 	
 	 	 	
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	28	
 	 	 	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	28	
 	 	 	
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	33	
 	 	 	
Item 6.	Exhibits	33	
 	 	 	
SIGNATURES	 	
 
2 

Table of Contents
 
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) 
( in millions, except per share data )

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenue	 	$	305.2	 	$	231.6	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	194.6	 	137.9	 	
Gross profit	 	110.6	 	93.7	 	
Operating expenses	 	86.5	 	60.3	 	
Operating profit	 	24.1	 	33.4	 	
Interest expense	 	4.5	 	2.9	 	
Other income (expense), net	 	0.9	 	(0.5	)	
Income before income taxes	 	20.5	 	30.0	 	
Income tax expense (benefit)	 	5.9	 	(1.3	)	
Net income	 	14.6	 	31.3	 	
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	0.3	 	—	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	$	14.3	 	$	31.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders — per share of common stock:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	0.23	 	$	0.50	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	0.23	 	$	0.50	 	
Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic	 	62.4	 	62.0	 	
Weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted	 	62.6	 	62.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends per share	 	$	0.1950	 	$	0.1925	 	
 
See Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
3 

Table of Contents
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) 
( in millions )

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	14.6	 	$	31.3	 	
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	
Currency translation adjustment	 	10.2	 	(6.6	)	
Pension and postretirement benefit plan adjustments	 	1.1	 	0.1	 	
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments	 	0.2	 	(0.1	)	
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities	 	(0.2	)	(1.1	)	
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	11.3	 	(7.7	)	
Comprehensive income	 	25.9	 	23.6	 	
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	0.3	 	—	 	
Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders	 	$	25.6	 	$	23.6	 	
 
See Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
4 

Table of Contents
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) 
( in millions )

 	 	December 31,	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2012	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	
Current Assets	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	102.1	 	$	20.2	 	
Trade receivables, net	 	196.4	 	150.7	 	
Unbilled receivables from long-term manufacturing contracts	 	102.2	 	—	 	
Inventories	 	191.9	 	90.0	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	30.5	 	19.6	 	
Other current assets	 	42.6	 	24.8	 	
Total current assets	 	665.7	 	305.3	 	
Property, plant, and equipment, net	 	172.4	 	117.9	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	604.7	 	313.9	 	
Goodwill	 	542.8	 	303.7	 	
Other assets	 	47.4	 	46.7	 	
Total Assets	 	$	2,033.0	 	$	1,087.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES	 	 	 	 	 	
Current Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade accounts payable	 	$	180.0	 	$	35.3	 	
Liabilities from long-term manufacturing contracts and advances	 	73.1	 	15.9	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	10.0	 	—	 	
Accrued compensation	 	25.2	 	29.3	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	25.6	 	0.9	 	
Other current liabilities	 	125.7	 	70.4	 	
Total current liabilities	 	439.6	 	151.8	 	
Long-term debt	 	757.7	 	271.6	 	
Accrued pension and postretirement healthcare	 	239.0	 	111.8	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	36.2	 	21.7	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	31.9	 	24.3	 	
Total Liabilities	 	1,504.4	 	581.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, no par value, 63.1 and 63.2 shares issued, 62.6 and 62.6 shares outstanding, 0.3 and 0.3 shares restricted	 	—	 	—	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	318.7	 	321.9	 	
Retained earnings	 	239.7	 	238.3	 	
Treasury stock, 0.5 and 0.6 shares	 	(5.5	)	(11.5	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	(31.1	)	(42.4	)	
Total Hillenbrand, Inc. Shareholders’ Equity	 	521.8	 	506.3	 	
Noncontrolling interest	 	6.8	 	—	 	
Total Equity	 	528.6	 	506.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Liabilities and Equity	 	$	2,033.0	 	$	1,087.5	 	
 
See Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
5 

Table of Contents
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow (Unaudited) 
( in millions )

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Operating Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	14.6	 	$	31.3	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	15.0	 	12.2	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	4.7	 	(9.6	)	
Equity in net loss from affiliates	 	0.2	 	0.1	 	
Share-based compensation	 	4.5	 	5.3	 	
Trade accounts receivable and receivables on long-term manufacturing contracts	 	4.3	 	9.3	 	
Inventories	 	8.4	 	(6.7	)	
Other current assets	 	(8.3	)	(3.0	)	
Trade accounts payable	 	0.2	 	(4.2	)	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	 	(25.3	)	(15.8	)	
Income taxes payable	 	(1.2	)	5.6	 	
Defined benefit plan funding	 	(1.2	)	(0.6	)	
Defined benefit plan expense	 	3.8	 	3.1	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	19.7	 	27.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	 	(5.6	)	(4.2	)	
Proceeds on sales of property, plant, and equipment	 	1.2	 	—	 	
Proceeds from sales of investments	 	1.4	 	—	 	
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired	 	(415.6	)	—	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	(418.6	)	(4.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from term loan	 	200.0	 	—	 	
Repayments on term loan	 	(2.5	)	—	 	
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities, net of financing costs	 	535.3	 	—	 	
Repayments on revolving credit facilities	 	(238.0	)	—	 	
Payment of dividends on common stock	 	(12.1	)	(11.9	)	
Other, net	 	(2.7	)	(1.7	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	480.0	 	(13.6	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	 	0.8	 	(2.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash flow	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	81.9	 	7.0	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	 	 	 	
At beginning of period	 	20.2	 	115.5	 	
At end of period	 	$	102.1	 	$	122.5	 	
 
See Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
6 

Table of Contents
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) 
( in millions, except share and per share data )
 
1.               Background and Basis of Presentation
 
Hillenbrand, Inc. (“Hillenbrand”) is a global diversified industrial company that makes and sells premium business-to-business products and services for a wide variety of industries.  Hillenbrand has two business platforms:  the Process Equipment Group and Batesville.  The Process Equipment Group is a recognized leader in the design and production of equipment and systems used in processing applications and Batesville ®  is a recognized leader in the North American funeral products industry.  “Hillenbrand,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar words refer to Hillenbrand and its subsidiaries.
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hillenbrand and its subsidiaries, including less than 100% ownership in certain Coperion Capital GmbH (“Coperion”) subsidiaries as a result of the acquisition of Coperion that closed December 1, 2012.  These unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial statements and therefore do not include all information required in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP ”).  The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.  Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.  In the opinion of management, these financial statements reflect all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position and the consolidated results of operations and cash flow as of the dates and for the periods presented.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates presented.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Examples of such estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition under the percentage-of-completion method, the establishment of reserves related to customer rebates, doubtful accounts, warranties, early-pay discounts, inventories, income taxes, litigation, self-insurance, and progress toward achievement of performance criteria under the incentive compensation programs.
 
2.               Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The significant accounting policies used in preparing these financial statements are consistent with the accounting policies described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.  The following represents an addition to our accounting policies due to the acquisition of Coperion.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With the acquisition of Coperion, a portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from long-term manufacturing contracts.  This revenue is recognized based on the percentage-of-completion method.  Under this method, revenue is recognized based upon the costs incurred to date as compared to the total estimated cost of the project and are included in net revenues on the consolidated income statement.  Revenues in excess of billings are presented as unbilled receivables from long-term manufacturing contracts and deposits in excess of billings are presented as liabilities from long-term manufacturing contracts on the consolidated balance sheet.  For the three months ended December 31, 2012, approximately 10% of the Company’s revenue related to revenue from these long-term manufacturing contracts.  Revenue for components, replacement parts, and service is recognized on a completed contract basis when title and risk of loss passes to the customer.
 
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Standards
 
In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update titled Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This update eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity.  An entity can elect to present items of net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement or in two separate consecutive statements.  Each component of net income and other comprehensive income, together with totals for comprehensive income and its two parts, net income and other comprehensive income, must be displayed under either alternative. The new disclosure requirements became
 
7 

Table of Contents
 
effective and were adopted as of October 1, 2012.  As the new standard relates to presentation only, the adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
3.               Business Acquisitions
 
We completed the acquisition of Coperion on December 1, 2012, in a transaction valued at $540.7.  The aggregate purchase consideration consisted of $269.1 of cash, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of $146.0 of debt and $125.6 of pension liabilities.  We utilized $426.3 of borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand to finance the acquisition, including the repayment of the $146.0 of debt outstanding under Coperion’s prior financing arrangements.
 
Based in Stuttgart, Germany, Coperion is a global leader in the manufacture of compounding, extrusion, and bulk material handling equipment used in a broad range of industries, including plastics, chemicals, food processing, pharmaceutical, and aluminum.  Coperion has been in business since 1879, currently with nine manufacturing sites in Germany, the United States (“U.S.”), China, and India, and sales offices in approximately thirty locations in the Americas, Europe, and Asia.  Coperion had approximately two thousand employees worldwide as of December 31, 2012.  Approximately 30% of Coperion’s revenue is derived from replacement parts and service, generating a large portion of recurring business due to its well-positioned service network and active installed base of machines across the world.
 
Coperion revenues consist of large system sales, equipment, components, replacement parts, and service.  Large system sales are fulfilled over twelve to eighteen months on average, whereby customers generally pay a deposit and make progress payments in advance of delivery.  These progress payments allow Coperion to operate its business at attractive working capital levels.  System sales include many components, including those manufactured by Coperion as well as materials manufactured by third-parties.  The proportion of third-party-sourced materials (that yield lower margins than materials produced internally) in system sales is greater than that of our other Process Equipment Group businesses.  As a result, we expect gross profit margins in the Process Equipment Group to be lower following the Coperion acquisition.  However, we believe that providing complete system sales gives the Process Equipment Group a distinct competitive advantage, as many customers prefer doing business with one trusted vendor that can provide a complete system.
 
This acquisition is the largest in the Company’s history and is an important step in our strategic plans to further diversify Hillenbrand and accelerate the growth of the Process Equipment Group business platform.  The integration of Coperion with the Process Equipment Group will be a key initiative for the next 18 to 24 months.  Combining our product offerings to provide a more complete system solution is the highest priority from an integration perspective.  In addition, we believe leveraging Coperion’s global infrastructure will enable the existing businesses within the Process Equipment Group platform to enter new global markets more quickly.  Likewise, we expect the Process Equipment Group’s existing strong U.S. sales network will enhance Coperion’s expansion in North America.  Finally, the application of the Company’s lean tools and principles to Coperion’s operations is expected to contribute to improved margins and increased customer satisfaction.
 
8 

Table of Contents
 
The following table summarizes preliminary estimates of fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Coperion acquisition:

 	 	December 1,
2012	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	32.8	 	
Inventory	 	109.1	 	
Current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and inventory	 	164.2	 	
Property, plant, and equipment	 	54.4	 	
Identifiable intangible assets	 	292.4	 	
Goodwill	 	233.4	 	
Other assets	 	2.1	 	
Total assets acquired	 	888.4	 	
 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	 	268.3	 	
Accrued pension obligations	 	125.6	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	33.4	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	6.7	 	
Total liabilities assumed	 	434.0	 	
 	 	 	 	
Noncontrolling interest assumed	 	6.5	 	
 	 	 	 	
Aggregate purchase price	 	$	447.9	 	
 
The estimation of fair value of Coperion’s assets and liabilities is preliminary and subject to adjustment based on finalization of the closing balance sheet, including deferred tax balances.
 
Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes and was allocated entirely to our Process Equipment Group.  The remaining change in goodwill during the period ended December 31, 2012, was related to the change in foreign currency.
 
Fair value amounts assigned to identifiable definite-lived intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amounts assigned at the time of acquisition and their useful lives were:

 	 	Fair Values	 	Estimated
Useful Lives 
 (years)	 	
Trade names	 	$	55.6	 	Indefinite	 	
Customer relationships	 	158.3	 	20	 	
Technology, including patents	 	44.2	 	12	 	
Backlog	 	34.3	 	<1	 	
Total identifiable intangible assets	 	$	292.4	 	 	 	
 
9 

Table of Contents
 
The unaudited pro forma information for the periods set forth below gives effect to the Coperion acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. It includes adjustments for additional interest expense, depreciation, and amortization. The unaudited pro forma information for the three months ended December 31, 2011, includes acquisition costs of $8.2 and backlog amortization and inventory step-up costs of $20.9; such amounts are excluded from the period ended December 31, 2012. The unaudited pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would actually have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time.

 	 	Three Months Ended
December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2012	 	
Pro forma net revenue	 	$	420.4	 	$	434.6	 	
Pro forma net income attributable to common shareholders	 	28.3	 	14.0	 	
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share	 	$	0.46	 	$	0.24	 	
 
We incurred $8.2 of net business acquisition costs associated with the acquisition during the three months ended December 31, 2012.  These costs consist of $9.0 of operating expenses partially offset by $0.8 of other income (see Note 11).
 
In connection with our Coperion acquisition, we acquired less than 100% ownership in certain Coperion subsidiaries.  Following the acquisition date, 100% of Coperion’s results was consolidated into our Process Equipment Group. The portion of the business that is not owned by the Company is presented as noncontrolling interests within equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income attributable to the noncontrolling interests is separately reported within the Consolidated Statements of Income, and is also excluded from total Hillenbrand Shareholder’s Equity.
 
4.               Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

 	 	December 31,	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2012	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade accounts receivable reserves	 	$	18.0	 	$	16.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation on property, plant, and equipment	 	$	259.0	 	$	263.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated amortization on intangible assets	 	$	81.3	 	$	69.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventories:	 	 	 	 	 	
Raw materials and components	 	$	72.2	 	$	39.1	 	
Work in process	 	60.3	 	13.9	 	
Finished goods	 	59.4	 	37.0	 	
Total inventories	 	$	191.9	 	$	90.0	 	
 
5.               Financing Agreements

 	 	December 31,	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2012	 	
$700 revolving credit facility (excludes outstanding letters of credit)	 	$	421.5	 	$	123.0	 	
$200 term loan	 	197.5	 	—	 	
$150 senior unsecured notes, due July 15, 2020, net of discount	 	148.7	 	148.6	 	
Total debt	 	767.7	 	271.6	 	
Less: current portion of term loan	 	10.0	 	—	 	
Total long-term debt	 	$	757.7	 	$	271.6	 	
 
In November 2012, we fully exercised the $300 accordion feature under our revolving credit facility to increase our financing capacity.  This increase consisted of a $200 term loan and a $100 increase in our borrowing capacity under
 
10 

Table of Contents
 
our revolving credit facility, to $700.  The Company also has the potential, under certain circumstances and with the lenders’ approval, to increase the total borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility by an additional $300.  Deferred financing costs of $3.5 are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the revolving credit facility.
 
As of December 31, 2012, we (i) had $180.0 in outstanding letters of credit issued under our $700 revolving credit facility, (ii) were in compliance with all covenants set forth in the credit agreement for the revolving credit facility, and (iii) had $98.5 of remaining borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility.  The weighted-average interest rates on borrowings under the revolving credit facility were 1.35% and 0.7% for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The weighted average interest rate on the term loan was 1.81% for the three-month period ended December 31, 2012.  In the normal course of business, the Process Equipment Group is required to provide customers bank guarantees in support of performance, warranty, advance payment, and other contract obligations.  This form of trade finance is customary in the industry and, as a result, we are required to maintain adequate capacity to provide the guarantee.
 
As of December 31, 2012, our Swiss subsidiary maintained additional availability of $16.2 through local credit facilities secured by cash or real property.   There were no borrowings under these facilities as of December 31, 2012, and availability was reduced by $4.8 for outstanding bank guarantees.  Coperion has a $66.0 guaranty facility under which availability was reduced for outstanding bank guarantees totaling $13.9.  We had $11.7 additional outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees with other financial institutions and restricted cash of $1.6 at December 31, 2012.
 
On July 9, 2010, we issued $150 fixed-rate senior unsecured notes due July 15, 2020 (the “Notes”).  The Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.5%, payable semi-annually in arrears.  The Notes were issued at an original issue discount of $1.6, which is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes using the effective interest rate method, resulting in an annual interest rate of 5.65%.  Deferred financing costs of $2.1 are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes.
 
6.               Retirement Benefits
 
In connection with the Coperion acquisition, we acquired the Coperion defined benefit pension plans based in Germany and the U.S., which were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date.  The aggregate fair value of the total projected benefit obligations acquired was $141.6 and the plan assets at fair value totaled $16.0, resulting in an assumed liability of $125.6 at December 1, 2012.  We estimate we will be required to make minimum contributions of $7.7 during the remainder of fiscal year 2013 related to these Coperion defined benefit pension plans, although we may make additional discretionary contributions.
 
Defined Benefit Plans

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Service costs	 	$	1.6	 	$	1.5	 	
Interest costs	 	3.5	 	3.2	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	(3.4	)	(3.4	)	
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, net	 	0.2	 	0.2	 	
Amortization of net loss	 	1.8	 	1.4	 	
Net pension costs	 	$	3.7	 	$	2.9	 	
 
Postretirement Healthcare Plans — Net postretirement healthcare costs were $0.1 and $0.2 for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
Defined Contribution Plans — E xpenses related to our defined contribution plans were $2.0 and $1.8 for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
11 

Table of Contents
 
7.               Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rates for the three months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were 28.8% and (4.3)%. The year-over-year change in the effective tax rate was largely due to the $10.4 reduction of income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2011, attributable to the permanent reinvestment assertion on historical earnings of certain Swiss operations.  For the three months ended December 31, 2012, we recognized a discrete income tax benefit of $0.8 related to changes in California tax law, and we recognized a discrete income tax charge of $1.1 related to non-deductible transaction costs in connection with the Coperion acquisition.
 
8.               Earnings Per Share
 
At December 31, 2012 and 2011, potential dilutive effects of 2.4 million and 2.2 million shares relating to unvested time-based restricted stock units and stock options were excluded from the computation of earnings per share as their effects were anti-dilutive. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, potential dilutive effects of 2.0 million and 1.8 million shares relating to unvested performance-based stock awards were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the related performance period is not yet complete. The effects of these performance-based shares will be dilutive in the future to the extent various levels of performance criteria are met.

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	$	14.3	 	$	31.3	 	
Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic (millions)	 	62.4	 	62.0	 	
Effect of dilutive stock options and unvested time-based restricted stock awards (millions)	 	0.2	 	—	 	
Weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted (millions)	 	62.6	 	62.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per share — basic and diluted	 	$	0.23	 	$	0.50	 	
 
9.               Shareholders’ Equity
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2012, we paid $12.1 of cash dividends.  The decline in treasury stock is primarily the result of the distribution of vested awards during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.
 
10.        Share-Based Compensation

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share-based compensation	 	$	4.5	 	$	5.3	 	
Less: income tax benefit	 	1.6	 	2.0	 	
Share-based compensation, net of tax	 	$	2.9	 	$	3.3	 	
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2012, we made the following grants:

 	 	Number of
Units	 	
Stock options	 	497,818	 	
Time-based stock awards	 	37,346	 	
Performance-based stock awards (maximum that can be earned)	 	759,519	 	
 
Stock options granted had a weighted-average exercise price of $20.68 and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $4.89.  Our time-based stock awards and performance-based stock awards had a weighted-average grant date fair value of $20.75 and $20.68.
 
12 

Table of Contents
 
11.        Other Income and Expense

 	 	Three Months Ended	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Equity in net loss of affiliates	 	$	(0.2	)	$	(0.1	)	
Foreign currency exchange gain	 	0.8	 	—	 	
Business acquisition costs, net	 	0.8	 	—	 	
Other, net	 	(0.5	)	(0.4	)	
Other income and expense, net	 	$	0.9	 	$	(0.5	)	
 
The acquisition of Coperion was transacted in euros.  Business acquisition costs within other income and expense represent the foreign exchange gain recognized on euro-denominated cash required to fund the acquisition, offset by the costs of derivative contracts that hedged currency exposure on the funds required to close the transaction.
 
12.        Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease Commitments — We lease certain manufacturing facilities, warehouse distribution centers, service centers, and sales offices under operating leases. The aggregate future minimum lease payments for operating leases, including those lease obligations assumed through our Coperion acquisition, as of December 31, 2012, were as follows:

 	 	Amount	 	
2013 (remaining nine months)	 	$	18.3	 	
2014	 	12.6	 	
2015	 	11.1	 	
2016	 	10.4	 	
2017	 	9.9	 	
Thereafter	 	53.3	 	
 	 	$	115.6	 	
 
Litigation
 
General
 
Like most companies, we are involved on an ongoing basis in claims, lawsuits, and government proceedings relating to our operations, including environmental, antitrust, patent infringement, business practices, commercial transactions, product and general liability, workers’ compensation, auto liability, employment, and other matters.  The ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty.  An estimated loss from these contingencies is recognized when we believe it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated; however, it is difficult to measure the actual loss that might be incurred related to litigation.  If a loss is not considered probable and/or cannot be reasonably estimated, we are required to make a disclosure if there is at least a reasonable possibility that a material loss may have been incurred.  Legal fees associated with claims and lawsuits are generally expensed as incurred.
 
Claims other than employment and related matters have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $0.5 to $1.0 per occurrence or per claim, depending upon the type of coverage and policy period.  Outside insurance companies and third-party claims administrators assist in establishing individual claim reserves, and an independent outside actuary provides estimates of ultimate projected losses, including incurred but not reported claims, which are used to establish reserves for losses.  Claim reserves for employment-related matters are established based upon advice from internal and external counsel and historical settlement information for claims and related fees, when such amounts are considered probable of payment.
 
The recorded amounts represent our best estimate of the costs we will incur in relation to such exposures, but it is possible that actual costs will differ from those estimates.
 
13 

Table of Contents
 
Matthews Litigation
 
In August 2010, the York Group, Inc., Milso Industries Corporation, and Matthews International Corporation (collectively “Matthews”) filed a lawsuit against Scott Pontone and Batesville Casket Company, Inc. in the United States District Court, Western District of Pennsylvania, which was subsequently amended by Matthews in February 2011 to include two additional defendants, Harry Pontone and Pontone Casket Company, LLC (the “Matthews Litigation”).  The Matthews Litigation arises, in part, as a result of a Marketing Consulting Agreement entered into between Batesville and Pontone Casket Company effective June 24, 2010, and Batesville’s hiring of two former employees of certain Matthews entities in June 2010.  Scott Pontone provides consulting services to Batesville pursuant to the Marketing Consulting Agreement entered into between Batesville and Pontone Casket Company.  Matthews alleges that Scott Pontone and Harry Pontone breached contractual and business obligations with Matthews and that Batesville induced certain of those breaches as part of its sales initiatives in the New York metropolitan area.
 
Matthews claims that it has lost revenue and will lose future revenue in the New York metropolitan area, although the amount of those alleged damages is unspecified.  Matthews seeks to: (i) recover compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs; and (ii) enjoin certain activities by Harry Pontone, Scott Pontone, Pontone Casket Company, and Batesville and its employees in the New York metropolitan area.  Although Matthews originally moved for a preliminary injunction, that request was withdrawn.  No trial date has been set, and the parties are nearing completion of discovery.
 
The Company believes Batesville acted lawfully and intends to defend this matter vigorously.  The Company does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcome of this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and liquidity.  If Matthews prevails at trial, however, the outcome could be materially adverse to the Company’s operating results or cash flows for the particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results or cash flows for such period.
 
13.        Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair value is defined as the exit price, or the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date.  The authoritative guidance establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.  Observable inputs are from sources independent of the Company.  Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based upon the best information available in the circumstances.  The categorization of financial assets and liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The hierarchy is broken down into three levels:
 
Level 1:               Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:               Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs (other than quoted prices) that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3:               Inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability.
 
14 

Table of Contents

 	 	Carrying	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Value at	 	Fair Value at December 31, 2012	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	Using Inputs Considered as:	 	
 	 	2012	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	102.1	 	$	102.1	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Equity investments	 	1.3	 	0.3	 	—	 	1.0	 	
Investments in rabbi trust	 	5.6	 	5.6	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$150 senior unsecured notes	 	148.7	 	163.2	 	—	 	—	 	
Revolving credit facility	 	421.5	 	—	 	421.5	 	—	 	
Term loan	 	197.5	 	—	 	197.5	 	—	 	
Derivative instruments	 	0.1	 	—	 	0.1	 	—	 	

The fair values of the revolving credit facility and term loan approximated book value at December 31, 2012.  The fair values of the revolving credit facility and term loan are estimated based on internally developed models, using current market interest rate data for similar issues as there is no active market for our revolving credit facility and term loan.
 
14.        Segment and Geographical Information
 
The acquisition of Coperion on December 1, 2012, resulted in the addition of Coperion to the Process Equipment Group segment.

 	 	Three Months Ended 
 December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Net revenue	 	 	 	 	 	
Process Equipment Group	 	$	153.7	 	$	85.7	 	
Batesville	 	151.5	 	145.9	 	
Total	 	$	305.2	 	$	231.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	 	 	 	
Process Equipment Group	 	$	17.8	 	$	16.0	 	
Batesville	 	38.2	 	37.8	 	
Corporate	 	(16.4	)	(8.9	)	
Total	 	$	39.6	 	$	44.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenue (1)	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	205.5	 	$	199.3	 	
International	 	99.7	 	32.3	 	
Total	 	$	305.2	 	$	231.6	 	

(1)          We attribute revenue to a geography based upon the location of the business unit that consummates the external sale.
 
15 

Table of Contents

 	 	December 31,
2012	 	September 30,
2012	 	
Total assets	 	 	 	 	 	
Process Equipment Group	 	$	1,688.4	 	$	769.7	 	
Batesville	 	243.0	 	236.2	 	
Corporate	 	101.6	 	81.6	 	
Total	 	$	2,033.0	 	$	1,087.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tangible long-lived assets	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	105.4	 	$	100.4	 	
International	 	67.0	 	17.5	 	
Total	 	$	172.4	 	$	117.9	 	
 
The following schedule reconciles total segment EBITDA to consolidated net income.

 	 	Three Months Ended 
 December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	$	14.3	 	$	31.3	 	
Interest income	 	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	
Interest expense	 	4.5	 	2.9	 	
Income tax expense (benefit)	 	5.9	 	(1.3	)	
Depreciation and amortization	 	15.0	 	12.2	 	
EBITDA	 	$	39.6	 	$	44.9	 	
 
15.        Restructuring
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2012, Hillenbrand incurred $0.6 of restructuring costs ($0.1 at the Process Equipment Group business platform, $0.3 at the Batesville business platform, and $0.2 at Corporate).  These costs consisted of $0.4 classified as cost of goods sold and $0.2 classified as operating expenses related to severance and other restructuring costs from actions taken in fiscal 2012.  Expected remaining payments related to these actions are not material.
 
16.        Subsequent Event
 
On January 9, 2013, the Company’s subsidiary, Coperion Corporation, a Delaware corporation, was joined as a party to the Guaranty dated July 27, 2012 (“Guaranty”), by certain subsidiaries of the Company (including Coperion Corporation, the “Guarantors”), and entered into in connection with the Company’s revolving credit facility.  In accordance with the terms of the revolving credit facility, Coperion Corporation was required to join the Guaranty as a material domestic subsidiary of the Company following the acquisition of Coperion Capital GmbH.
 
On January 10, 2013, the Company, the Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association (“Trustee”) entered into a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantors agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Company under its 5.50% Notes due 2020 issued pursuant to an Indenture entered into on July 9, 2010 between the Company and the Trustee.
 
16 

Table of Contents
 
Item 2.                                  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 
 
Forward-Looking Statements and Factors That May Affect Future Results
 
Throughout this Form 10-Q, we make a number of “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  As the words imply, these are statements about future plans, objectives, beliefs, and expectations that might or might not happen in the future, as contrasted with historical information.  Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions that we believe are reasonable, but by their very nature are subject to a wide range of risks.
 
Accordingly, in this Form 10-Q, we may say something like,
 
“We expect that future revenue associated with the Process Equipment Group will be influenced by order backlog.”
 
That is a forward-looking statement, as indicated by the word “expect” and by the clear meaning of the sentence.
 
Other words that could indicate we are making forward-looking statements include:

intend	 	believe	 	plan	 	expect	 	may	 	goal	 	would	
become	 	pursue	 	estimate	 	will	 	forecast	 	continue	 	could	
targeted	 	encourage	 	promise	 	improve	 	progress	 	potential	 	should	
 
This is not an exhaustive list, but is intended to give you an idea of how we try to identify forward-looking statements.  The absence of any of these words, however, does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking.
 
Here is the key point :  Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and our actual results could differ materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statements.   Any number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, could cause our performance to differ significantly from what is described in the forward-looking statements.
 
For a discussion of factors that could cause actual results to differ from those contained in forward-looking statements, see the discussions under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-Q.  We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements.
 
Executive Overview
(in millions throughout Management’s Discussion and Analysis)
 
The following discussion provides information regarding significant activity and compares our results for the three-month period ending December 31, 2012, to the same period in the prior fiscal year.  We begin the discussion at a consolidated level and then provide separate detail about the Process Equipment Group, Batesville, and Corporate.  These financial results are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”).
 
We also provide certain non-GAAP operating performance measures.  These non-GAAP measures are referred to as “adjusted” and exclude expenses associated with backlog amortization, inventory step-up, business acquisitions, restructuring, and antitrust litigation.  The measures also exclude the tax benefit of the international integration in the prior year and expenses associated with long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration.  The related income tax for all of these items is also excluded.  This non-GAAP information is provided as a supplement, not as a substitute for, or as superior to , measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
We use this non-GAAP information internally to make operating decisions and believe it is helpful to investors because it allows more meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our ongoing operating results.  The information can also be used to perform trend analysis and to better identify operating trends that may otherwise be masked or distorted by these types of items.  We believe this information provides a higher degree of transparency.
 
17 

Table of Contents
 
See page 23 for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to the closest GAAP-equivalent of each measure.
 
Coperion Acquisition
 
The most significant activity in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 was our acquisition of Coperion Capital GmbH (“Coperion”), effective December 1, 2012, in a transaction valued at $540.7.  Based in Stuttgart, Germany, Coperion is a global leader in the manufacture of compounding, extrusion, and bulk material handling equipment used in a broad range of industries, including plastics, chemicals, food processing, pharmaceutical, and aluminum.  Coperion has been in business since 1879, currently with nine manufacturing sites in Germany, the United States (“U.S.”), China, and India, and sales offices in approximately thirty locations in the Americas, Europe, and Asia.  Coperion had approximately two thousand employees worldwide as of December 31, 2012.  Approximately 30% of Coperion’s revenue is derived from replacement parts and service, generating a large portion of recurring business due to its well-positioned service network and active installed base of machines across the world.
 
Coperion revenues consist of large system sales, equipment, components, replacement parts, and service.  Large system sales are fulfilled over twelve to eighteen months on average, whereby customers generally pay a deposit and make progress payments in advance of delivery.  These progress payments allow Coperion to operate its business at attractive working capital levels.  System sales include many components, including those manufactured by Coperion as well as materials manufactured by third-parties.  The proportion of third-party-sourced materials (that yield lower margins than materials produced internally) in system sales is greater than that of our other Process Equipment Group businesses.  As a result, we expect gross profit margins in the Process Equipment Group to be lower following the Coperion acquisition.  However, we believe that providing complete system sales gives the Process Equipment Group a distinct competitive advantage, as many customers prefer doing business with one trusted vendor that can provide a complete system.
 
This acquisition is the largest in the Company’s history and is an important step in our strategic plans to further diversify Hillenbrand and accelerate the growth of the Process Equipment Group business platform.  The integration of Coperion with the Process Equipment Group will be a key initiative for the next 18 to 24 months.  Combining our product offerings to provide a more complete system solution is the highest priority from an integration perspective.  In addition, we believe leveraging Coperion’s global infrastructure will enable the existing businesses within the Process Equipment Group platform to enter new global markets more quickly.  Likewise, we expect the Process Equipment Group’s existing strong U.S. sales network will enhance Coperion’s expansion in North America.  Finally, the application of the Company’s lean tools and principles to Coperion’s operations is expected to contribute to improved margins and increased customer satisfaction.
 
The calculation of fair value of Coperion’s assets and liabilities is preliminary and subject to adjustment based on finalization of the closing balance sheet.  The fair value assigned to Coperion’s backlog was $34.3 and will be amortized over approximately ten months.  The fair value assigned to Coperion’s customer relationships and technology total $202.5 and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, resulting in approximately $12.0 of ongoing annual amortization expense.  The acquisition resulted in preliminary goodwill of $233.4.
 
Consolidated

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31, 	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	
Revenue	 	$	305.2	 	100.0	 	$	231.6	 	100.0	 	
Gross profit	 	110.6	 	36.2	 	93.7	 	40.5	 	
Operating expenses	 	86.5	 	28.3	 	60.3	 	26.0	 	
Operating profit	 	24.1	 	7.9	 	33.4	 	14.4	 	
Interest expense	 	(4.5	)	1.5	 	(2.9	)	1.3	 	
Other income (expense), net	 	0.9	 	0.3	 	(0.5	)	0.2	 	
Income taxes	 	5.9	 	1.9	 	(1.3	)	0.6	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	14.3	 	4.7	 	31.3	 	13.5	 	

18 

Table of Contents
 
Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2011
 
Consolidated revenue grew $73.6 (32%).  Foreign currency exchange rates did not have a material impact on revenue.
·                   Process Equipment Group’s revenue increased $68.0 (79%).  The revenue increase was due to the acquisition of Coperion on December 1, 2012.
·                   Batesville’s revenue increased $5.6 (4%).  The increase was primarily driven by volume, as North American deaths returned to more normal historical levels.
 
Consolidated gross profit margin was 36.2%, a decrease of 430 basis points.  On an adjusted basis, which excludes items described below, the consolidated gross profit margin was 37.2%, a decrease of 330 basis points.
·                   Process Equipment Group’s gross profit margin declined 810 basis points to 33.8% compared to 41.9% in the prior year.  Excluding $2.6 of inventory step-up related to the Coperion acquisition and restructuring charges, the adjusted gross profit margin declined 630 basis points from 41.9% to 35.6%.  This decrease was due primarily to the Coperion acquisition as gross margins for Coperion are lower given the higher proportion of third-party sourced products that yield lower margins compared to other Process Equipment Group operating companies.
·                   Batesville’s gross profit margin was 38.7%.  Excluding restructuring charges this year, the adjusted gross profit margin was 38.9%, a 70-basis-point decline over the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to changes in employee benefits in the prior year that reduced expense, as well as increased commodity costs in the current period.
 
Operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased 230 basis points to 28.3%.
·                   On an adjusted basis, our operating expense ratio was 23.9%.  This was relatively flat compared to 23.6% in the prior year, despite changes in employee benefits in the prior year that reduced expense ($1.8) and one month of ongoing amortization expense related to the Coperion acquisition ($1.0).  Adjusted operating expenses exclude the following items:
·                   Business acquisition costs of $9.0 in fiscal year 2013 and $0.5 in fiscal year 2012
·                   Backlog amortization of $4.2 in fiscal year 2013 and $2.5 in fiscal year 2012
·                   Long-term incentive compensation expense of $2.2 in fiscal year 2012 related to the international integration — The vesting of our long-term performance-based stock awards is contingent upon the creation of shareholder value as measured by the cumulative cash returns and final period net operating profit after tax compared to the established hurdle rate over a three-year period.  As such, the tax benefit from the international integration resulted in additional compensation expense related to performance-based stock awards.
·                   Restructuring charges of $0.2 in fiscal year 2013
·                   Antitrust litigation expenses of $0.1 in fiscal year 2013 and $0.4 in fiscal year 2012
 
Interest expense increased $1.6 due primarily to higher weighted-average principal borrowings on the revolving credit facility and the new term loan entered into in connection with the Coperion acquisition.
 
Other income and expense was $0.9 of income in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 compared to $0.5 of expense, representing a variance of $1.4.  Excluding $0.9 of income primarily from acquisition-related foreign currency transactions, adjusted other income and expense was $0.0.  See Item 1, Note 11 for more detailed information.
 
The income tax rate was 28.8% compared to (4.3%).  The year-over-year change in the effective tax rate was largely due to the reduction of income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2011 of $10.4, attributable to the permanent reinvestment assertion on historical earnings of certain Swiss operations.  Excluding this tax benefit as well as the tax effect of all other adjustments, our adjusted effective income tax rate was 27.9% compared to 30.6% for the prior year.  The adjusted effective income tax rate was favorably impacted by the Coperion acquisition, which produces a larger percentage of income from foreign sources in lower tax rate jurisdictions.
 
19 

Table of Contents
 
Process Equipment Group

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	
Net revenue	 	$	153.7	 	100.0	 	$	85.7	 	100.0	 	
Gross profit	 	52.0	 	33.8	 	35.9	 	41.9	 	
Operating expenses	 	44.5	 	29.0	 	27.8	 	32.4	 	
Operating profit	 	7.5	 	4.9	 	8.1	 	9.5	 	

Fiscal year 2013 includes one month of operations related to the Coperion acquisition on December 1, 2012.
 
Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2011
 
Revenue increased $68.0 (79%), attributable to the Coperion acquisition that closed on December 1, 2012.  Excluding the Coperion business, revenue decreased approximately 2% as certain projects scheduled for this quarter were delayed into the second fiscal quarter.
 
We expect future revenue for the Process Equipment Group will continue to be influenced by order backlog because of the lead time involved in fulfilling engineered-to-order equipment for customers.  Though backlog can be an indicator of future revenue, it might not include many projects and parts orders that are booked and shipped within the same quarter.  The timing of order placement, size, extent of customization, and customer delivery dates can create fluctuations in backlog and revenue.  Revenue attributable to backlog is also affected by foreign exchange fluctuations for orders denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  Based upon new orders accepted, less orders completed and shipped, backlog increased from $120.5 on September 30, 2012 to $556.6 on December 31, 2012.  The increase in backlog was due to the acquisition of Coperion.
 
The Process Equipment Group manufactures equipment and provides services and parts for a variety of industries, including plastics, food, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, power generation, coal mining, pulp and paper, frac sand, industrial minerals, agribusiness, recycling, wood and forest products, and biomass energy generation.  We believe these industries have attractive long-term growth prospects as they are positively impacted by the growing global middle class; therefore, we believe that demand for the products and services provided by these industries will continue to grow as countries such as China and India greatly expand their middle class.
 
While overall demand is expected to increase over the long run, we expect shifts in year-to-year sources of such demand.  For example, in fiscal year 2012, demand for proppants used in hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) experienced a dramatic acceleration that had the effect of pulling equipment sales planned for fiscal year 2013 into fiscal year 2012.  As a result, near-term revenue related to this type of equipment could be negatively impacted.
 
Gross profit increased 45% to $52.0 due to the Coperion acquisition, which added one month of operations in fiscal 2013.  Gross profit margin declined by 810 basis points to 33.8%.
 
Adjusted gross profit margin decreased by 630 basis points to 35.6% and excludes $2.6 of inventory step-up related to the Coperion acquisition and restructuring charges.  Step-ups in inventory value were recorded at the time of the Coperion acquisition and will be expensed when the inventory is sold.  The decrease in adjusted gross profit margin was primarily due to the Coperion acquisition as gross margins for Coperion are lower given the higher proportion of third-party-sourced products compared to other Process Equipment Group companies.  As a result, we expect gross profit margins for the Process Equipment Group to be lower following the Coperion acquisition.  In general, gross profit margin for the Process Equipment Group is influenced by a variety of factors, including the timing and size of orders, the mix of products and services sold, and market factors that impact pricing.
 
Operating expenses increased $16.7 to $44.5 due primarily to the acquisition of Coperion.  Our operating expense to sales ratio improved by 340 basis points, from 32.4% to 29.0%.  The Coperion acquisition will add approximately
 
20 

Table of Contents
 
$12.0 of annual ongoing amortization expense, with one month ($1.0) of this expense recognized in the first quarter of 2013.
 
On an adjusted basis, our operating expense ratio improved 310 basis points to 26.2%.  This excludes backlog amortization of $4.2 in fiscal year 2013 and $2.5 in fiscal year 2012, as well as long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration in fiscal year 2012.  We continue to see progress in the implementation of Hillenbrand Lean Business principles in our Process Equipment Group.  We plan for further progress within this business platform as we introduce these principles to newly-acquired Coperion.
 
Batesville

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	Amount	 	% of
Revenue	 	
Net revenue	 	$	151.5	 	100.0	 	$	145.9	 	100.0	 	
Gross profit	 	58.6	 	38.7	 	57.8	 	39.6	 	
Operating expenses	 	24.2	 	16.0	 	23.5	 	16.1	 	
Operating profit	 	34.4	 	22.7	 	34.3	 	23.5	 	

Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2011
 
Revenue increased $5.6 (4%) and was primarily driven by volume, as the year-over-year growth rate of North American deaths returned to historical levels.  The volume increase was also driven by several factors including successful results from marketing initiatives and the reduced impact year-over-year caused by customers buying in advance of price increases.  In addition, we saw a 1% increase in average sales prices.  According to the Center for Disease Control, influenza activity was above the national baseline for five weeks during our first fiscal quarter, but pneumonia and influenza mortality remained below the epidemic threshold.  Therefore, influenza did not have a significant impact on our first quarter results.
 
Gross profit increased 1% to $58.6.  Gross profit margin declined 90 basis points to 38.7%. Adjusted gross profit margin declined 70 basis points to 38.9% and excludes restructuring charges.  The decrease was primarily due to changes in employee benefits in the prior year that reduced expense by $1.3 and $0.9 of increased commodity costs in the current year.
 
Operating expenses increased $0.7 (3%) to $24.2.  Our operating expense to sales ratio was relatively flat at 16.0% compared to 16.1% in the prior year.
 
On an adjusted basis, our operating expense to sales ratio increased by 60 basis points to 15.9% from 15.3%.  Adjusted operating expenses exclude antitrust litigation expense and long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration in fiscal year 2012.  The increase in the operating expense to sales ratio was primarily due to changes in employee benefits in the prior year that reduced expense by $1.8 and $0.9 of increased strategic initiatives spending this year.
 
21 

Table of Contents
 
Corporate

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	$	 	% of
Revenue	 	$	 	% of
Revenue	 	
Operating expenses, excluding business acquisition costs, long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration and restructuring	 	$	8.6	 	2.8	 	$	7.3	 	3.2	 	
Long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration	 	—	 	—	 	1.2	 	0.5	 	
Business acquisition costs	 	9.0	 	2.9	 	0.5	 	0.2	 	
Restructuring	 	0.2	 	0.1	 	—	 	—	 	
Operating expenses	 	$	17.8	 	5.8	 	$	9.0	 	3.9	 	
 
Three Months Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Three Months Ended December 31, 2011
 
Operating expenses excluding business acquisition costs, long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration, and restructuring increased $1.3 (18%).  These expenses on a percentage of consolidated revenue basis were 2.8%, an improvement of 40 basis points compared to 3.2% in the prior year.  We expect this expense base to continue to decline as a percentage of sales.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we incurred $9.0 of business acquisition costs related to our acquisition of Coperion, all incurred by our corporate operations.  During the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we incurred $0.5 of business acquisition costs related to our acquisition of Rotex.
 
The vesting of our long-term performance-based stock awards is contingent upon the creation of shareholder value as measured by the cumulative cash returns and final period net operating profit after tax compared to the established hurdle rate over a three-year period.  As such, the tax benefit from the international integration resulted in $2.2 of additional expense related to performance-based stock awards in 2012, of which $1.2 was incurred by our corporate operations.
 
In fiscal year 2012, we developed plans with our previous parent company to sell or dispose of our jointly owned aircraft and to cease operations at the airport owned by our previous parent company.  In the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we incurred $0.2 of restructuring charges related to the cessation of airport operations.
 
22 

Table of Contents
 
Non-GAAP Operating Performance Measures
 
The following are reconciliations from GAAP operating performance measures to the relevant non-GAAP (adjusted) performance measures.

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
 	 	GAAP	 	Adjustments	 	Adjusted	 	GAAP	 	Adjustments	 	Adjusted	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	$	194.6	 	$	(3.0	)(a)	$	191.6	 	$	137.9	 	$	—	 	$	137.9	 	
Gross profit	 	110.6	 	3.0	 	113.6	 	93.7	 	—	 	93.7	 	
Operating expenses	 	86.5	 	(13.6	)(b)	72.9	 	60.3	 	(5.6	)(e)	54.7	 	
Operating profit	 	24.1	 	16.6	 	40.7	 	33.4	 	5.6	 	39.0	 	
Other income (expense), net	 	0.9	 	(0.9	)(c)	—	 	(0.5	)	—	 	(0.5	)	
Income tax expense (benefit)	 	5.9	 	4.2	(d)	10.1	 	(1.3	)	12.2	(f)	10.9	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	14.3	 	11.5	 	25.8	 	31.3	 	(6.6	)	24.7	 	
Diluted EPS	 	0.23	 	0.18	 	0.41	 	0.50	 	(0.10	)	0.40	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ratios:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	 	36.2	%	1.0	%	37.2	%	40.5	%	—	 	40.5	%	
Operating expenses as a % of revenue	 	28.3	%	(4.4	)%	23.9	%	26.0	%	(2.4	)%	23.6	%	

 	 	P = Process Equipment Group; B = Batesville; C = Corporate	
(a)	 	Inventory step up ($2.6 P), restructuring ($0.1 P, $0.3 B)	
(b)	 	Business acquisition costs ($9.0 C), backlog amortization ($4.2 P), restructuring ($0.2 C), antitrust litigation ($0.1 B), other ($0.1 B)	
(c)	 	Acquisition-related foreign currency transactions ($0.8 C), other ($0.1 B)	
(d)	 	Tax effect of adjustments	
(e)	 	Backlog amortization ($2.5 P), long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration ($0.2 P, $0.8 B, $1.2 C), antitrust litigation ($0.4 B), and business acquisition costs ($0.5 C)	
(f)	 	Tax benefit of the international integration ($10.4) and tax effect of adjustments ($1.8)	
 
We have previously discussed our strategy to selectively acquire manufacturing businesses with a record of success which could benefit from our core competencies to spur faster and more profitable growth.  Given that strategy, it is a natural consequence to incur related expenses, such as amortization from acquired intangible assets and additional interest expense from debt-funded acquisitions.  Accordingly, we use Earnings Before Interest, Income Tax, Depreciation, and Amortization (“EBITDA”), among other measures, to monitor our business performance.

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Net income attributable to common shareholders	 	$	14.3	 	$	31.3	 	
Interest income	 	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	
Interest expense	 	4.5	 	2.9	 	
Income tax expense	 	5.9	 	(1.3	)	
Depreciation and amortization	 	15.0	 	12.2	 	
EBITDA	 	$	39.6	 	$	44.9	 	
Business acquisition	 	8.2	 	0.5	 	
Inventory step-up	 	2.6	 	—	 	
Long-term incentive compensation related to the international integration	 	—	 	2.2	 	
Restructuring	 	0.6	 	—	 	
Antitrust litigation	 	0.1	 	0.4	 	
EBITDA - Adjusted	 	$	51.1	 	$	48.0	 	
 
23 

Table of Contents
 
For the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, consolidated adjusted EBITDA increased $3.1 (6%) due primarily to the acquisition of Coperion.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We believe the ability to generate cash is critical to the value of the Company.  In this section, we discuss our ability to generate and access cash to meet business needs.  We describe actual results in generating and utilizing cash by comparing the first three months of fiscal year 2013 to the same period last year.
 
We discuss how we see cash flow being affected for the next 12 months.  While it is not a certainty, we explain where we think the cash will come from and how we intend to use it.  Finally, we identify other significant matters that could affect liquidity on an ongoing basis.

 	 	Three Months Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2012	 	2011	 	
Cash flow provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	19.7	 	$	27.0	 	
Investing activities	 	(418.6	)	(4.2	)	
Financing activities	 	480.0	 	(13.6	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	 	0.8	 	(2.2	)	
Net cash flow	 	$	81.9	 	$	7.0	 	
 
Cash provided by operating activities decreased $7.3.  Increased cash flow from operations of $5.9 was more than offset by $8.2 of business acquisition costs related to Coperion and $5 related to antitrust litigation.
 
Cash used in investing activities in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 was $414.4 greater than the same period in the prior year due to the acquisition of Coperion, which utilized $415.6 of cash, net of cash acquired.
 
Cash provided by financing activities in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 was $480.0, compared to a total of $13.6 cash used for financing activities in the same period in the prior year.  Net borrowings in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 were related to the acquisition of Coperion, including net borrowings on the new term loan of $197.5 and net borrowings on the revolving credit facility of $297.3.
 
We increased our quarterly dividend to $0.1950 per common share from $0.1925 paid during fiscal year 2012.  We plan to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends at this rate throughout fiscal year 2013.
 
12-Month Outlook
 
We believe that our cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and cash available under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund operations, working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, and financing obligations.  We may use additional cash generated by the business to pay down our revolving credit facility or we may borrow additional amounts depending on our working capital needs.  As a result, the amount borrowed as of the end of a period may not be representative of the balance during the period.  In November 2012, we fully exercised the $300 accordion feature under our revolving credit facility to increase our financing capacity.  See Item 1, Note 5 for further details.
 
The cash at our international subsidiaries totaled $50.8 at December 31, 2012.  The majority of these funds represented earnings considered to be permanently reinvested to support the growth strategies of our international subsidiaries.
 
Other Liquidity Matters
 
As of December 31, 2012, we: (i) had $180.0 in outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility, (ii) were in compliance with all covenants set forth in the credit agreement for the credit facility, and (iii) had access to the remaining $98.5 of borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility.  In addition, we had approximately $16.2 of available credit under our Swiss facilities as of that date.  There were no
 
24 

Table of Contents
 
borrowings under these facilities as of December 31, 2012, and availability was reduced by $4.8 for outstanding bank guarantees.
 
In the normal course of business, the Process Equipment Group is required to provide customers bank guarantees in support of performance, warranty, advance payment, and other contract obligations.  This form of trade finance is customary in the industry and, as a result, we are required to maintain adequate capacity to provide the guarantees.  Coperion has a $66 guaranty facility under which availability was reduced for outstanding bank guarantees totaling $13.9.  We also have other trade finance facilities with other financial institutions that provide us capacity for bank guarantees up to $33.0, in aggregate.  We had $11.7 of outstanding bank guarantees issued under these facilities at December 31, 2012.
 
We are currently authorized by our Board of Directors to repurchase shares of our common stock, and may elect to do so, depending on market conditions and other needs for cash consistent with our growth strategy.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We have no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Inflation
 
The effect of broad based inflation on the Company’s revenues and net earnings was not significant for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.
 
Contractual Obligations or Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
 
The following table summarizes our future obligations as of December 31, 2012.  This will help give you an understanding of the significance of cash outlays that are fixed beyond the normal accounts payable we have already incurred and have recorded in the financial statements.

 	 	Payment Due by Period	 	
(in millions)	 	Total	 	Less
Than 1
Year (1)	 	1-3
Years	 	4-5
Years	 	After 5
Years	 	
10 year, 5.5% fixed rate senior unsecured notes	 	$	150.0	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	150.0	 	
Revolving credit facility (2)	 	421.5	 	—	 	—	 	421.5	 	—	 	
Term loan	 	197.5	 	7.5	 	25.0	 	165.0	 	—	 	
Interest on financing agreements (3)	 	101.3	 	13.1	 	34.6	 	30.9	 	22.7	 	
Operating lease obligations (noncancellable)	 	115.6	 	18.3	 	23.7	 	20.3	 	53.3	 	
Purchase obligations (4)	 	169.0	 	128.1	 	40.9	 	—	 	—	 	
Defined benefit plan funding (5)	 	203.6	 	18.0	 	56.5	 	53.6	 	75.5	 	
Other long-term liabilities (6)	 	25.5	 	3.4	 	12.8	 	3.4	 	5.9	 	
Capital call arrangements (7)	 	3.0	 	3.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Total contractual obligations	 	$	1,387.0	 	$	191.4	 	$	193.5	 	$	694.7	 	$	307.4	 	

(1)	 	Represents the remaining nine months of fiscal year 2013.	
(2)	 	Our revolving credit facility expires in July 2017. Although we may make earlier principal payments, we have reflected the principal balance due at expiration.	
(3)	 	Cash obligations for interest requirements relate to our fixed-rate debt obligation at its contractual rate and borrowings under the variable-rate revolving credit facility and term loan at their current rates at December 31, 2012.	
(4)	 	Consists of agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum, or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The majority of this balance relates to Coperion’s business, in which the manufacturing of system sales spans several months.	
(5)	 	Defined benefit plan funding represents non-discretionary requirements based upon plan funding at December

25 

Table of Contents

 	 	31, 2012, and excludes any discretionary contributions.	
(6)	 	Other long-term liabilities include the estimated liquidation of liabilities related to our casket pricing obligation, self-insurance reserves, and long-term severance payments.	
(7)	 	We could be called upon by our private equity limited partnership investments to provide a maximum of $3.0 in additional funds.	
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2012, there were no significant changes to this information, as outlined in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012, except as it relates to revenue recognition for Coperion.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
With the acquisition of Coperion, a portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from long-term manufacturing contracts.  This revenue is recognized based on the percentage-of-completion method.  Under this method, revenue is recognized based upon the costs incurred to date as compared to the total estimated cost of the project and are included in net revenues on the consolidated income statement.  Revenues in excess of billings are presented as unbilled receivables from long-term manufacturing contracts and deposits in excess of billings are presented as liabilities from long-term manufacturing contracts on the consolidated balance sheet.  Revenue for components, replacement parts, and service is recognized on a completed contract basis when title and risk of loss passes to the customer.
 
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Standards
 
For a summary of recently issued and adopted accounting standards applicable to us, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part I, Item 1, of this Form 10-Q.
 
Item 3.                 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS 
 
In this section, we tell you about market risks we think could have a significant impact on our bottom line or the financial strength of our Company.  Market risks generally mean how results of operations and the value of assets and liabilities could be affected by market factors such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, the value of commodities, and debt and equity price risks.  If those factors change significantly, it could help or hurt our bottom line, depending on how we react to them.
 
We are exposed to various market risks.  We have established policies, procedures, and internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.  Our primary exposures are to: collection risk (customer receivables); fluctuations in market prices for certain purchases of commodities; volatility in the fair value of our investments; volatility in the value of our pension plans’ assets; variability in foreign currency exchange rates; and volatility in interest rates associated with our credit facility.
 
We are subject to market risk from fluctuating market prices of certain purchased commodity raw materials including steel, wood, red metals, and fuel.  While these materials are typically available from multiple suppliers, commodity raw materials are subject to market price fluctuations.  We generally buy these commodities based upon market prices that are established with the supplier as part of the purchasing process.  We generally attempt to obtain firm pricing from our larger suppliers for volumes consistent with planned production.  To the extent that commodity prices increase and we do not have firm pricing from our suppliers, or if our suppliers are not able to honor such prices, we may experience a decline in our gross margins to the extent we are not able to increase selling prices of our products or obtain supply chain efficiencies to offset increases in commodity costs.
 
Our pension plans’ assets are also subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuation in general economic conditions.  Plan assets are invested by the plans’ fiduciaries, which direct investments according to specific policies.  Those policies subject investments to the following restrictions in our domestic plan: short-term securities must be rated A2/P2 or higher, fixed income securities will maintain an average credit quality of A- or better, and investments in equities in any one company may not exceed 10% of the equity portfolio.  Our income statement is
 
26 

Table of Contents
 
currently shielded from volatility in plan assets due to the way accounting standards are applied for pension plans, although favorable or unfavorable investment performance over the long term will impact our pension expense if it deviates from our assumption related to future rate of return.
 
We are subject to variability in foreign currency exchange rates in our international operations.  From time-to-time we may enter into currency exchange agreements to manage our exposure arising from fluctuating exchange rates related to specific transactions, primarily forecasted intercompany purchasing.  International cash balances in currencies other than their functional currency are limited in order to manage the transaction exposure caused by the marking to market of non-functional currency balances to functional values on the balance sheets of our various international operations.  As of December 31, 2012, a 10% change in the foreign exchange rates affecting balance sheet transactional exposures would have resulted in a change in pre-tax earnings of approximately $0.8.  This hypothetical change on transactional exposures is based on the difference between the December 31, 2012, actual foreign exchange rates and hypothetical rates assuming a 10% change in foreign exchange rates on that date.
 
The translation of the balance sheets of our non-U.S. operations from local currencies into U.S. dollars is also sensitive to changes in foreign exchange rates.  These translation gains or losses are recorded as cumulative translation adjustments (“CTA”) within accumulated other comprehensive loss on our balance sheet.  Using the example above, the hypothetical change in CTA would be calculated by multiplying the net assets of our non-U.S. operations by a 10% change in the applicable foreign exchange rates.  The result of this calculation would be to change shareholders’ equity by approximately $40.0 as of December 31, 2012.
 
At December 31, 2012, we had $421.5 outstanding under our $700 revolving credit facility and $197.5 outstanding under a related term loan.  We are subject to interest rate risk associated with our revolving credit facility and related term loan which bear a variable rate of interest that is based upon the lender’s base rate or the LIBOR rate.  The interest we pay on our borrowings is dependent on interest rate conditions and the timing of our financing needs.  Assuming these borrowings remain at $619.0 for 12 months, a one percentage point move in the related interest rates would increase or decrease our annual interest expense by approximately $6.2.
 
Item 4.                 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
 
Our management, with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (the “Certifying Officers”), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)).  Based upon that evaluation, the Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective.
 
There have been no changes in internal controls over financial reporting for the period covered by this report that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, except for the potential changes noted in the following paragraph relating to the Coperion acquisition.
 
On December 1, 2012, we completed our acquisition of Coperion, which includes its existing information systems and internal controls over financial reporting.  In conducting our evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2013, we have elected to exclude Coperion from our evaluation as permitted under existing SEC rules.  We are currently in the process of evaluating and integrating Coperion’s historical internal controls over financial reporting with ours.  The integration may lead to changes in future fiscal periods but we do not expect these changes to materially affect our internal controls over financial reporting.  We expect to complete this integration in fiscal 2014.
 
Other than the changes noted above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
27 

 

Table of Contents
 
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION 
 
Item 1.                                  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
 
Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 12 to the interim consolidated financial statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this report.
 
Item 1A.                         RISK FACTORS 
 
In this section of the Form 10-Q, we describe the risks we believe are most important for you to think about when you consider investing in, selling, or owning our stock or debt.  This information should be assessed along with the other information we provide you in this Form 10-Q and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012.  Like most companies, our business involves risks.  The risks described below are not the only risks we face, but these are the ones we currently think have the potential to significantly affect stakeholders in our Company if they were to develop adversely (due to size, volatility, or both).  We exclude risks that we believe are inherent in all businesses broadly as a function of simply being “in business.”  Additional risks not currently known or considered immaterial by us at this time and thus not listed below could also result in adverse effects on our business.  In the risk descriptions below, we have assigned the risks into categories to help you understand where they emanate from (e.g. the overall Company or a specific segment).
 
Risk Related to Our Overall Company
 
A key component of our growth strategy is making significant acquisitions, some of which may be outside our current industries.  We may not be able to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from these acquisitions.  If an acquisition were to perform unfavorably, it could have an adverse impact on our value.
 
All acquisitions involve inherent uncertainties, which may include, among other things, our ability to:
 
·            successfully identify targets for acquisition;
·             negotiate reasonable terms;
·             properly perform due diligence and determine all the significant risks associated with a particular acquisition;
·             properly evaluate target company management capabilities; and
·             successfully transition the acquired company into our business and achieve the desired performance.
 
We may acquire businesses with unknown liabilities, contingent liabilities, or internal control deficiencies.  We have plans and procedures to conduct reviews of potential acquisition candidates for compliance with applicable regulations and laws prior to acquisition.  Despite these efforts, realization of any of these liabilities or deficiencies may increase our expenses, adversely affect our financial position, or cause us to fail to meet our public financial reporting obligations.
 
We generally seek indemnification from sellers covering these matters; however, the liability of the sellers is often limited, and certain former owners may be unable to meet their indemnification responsibilities.  We cannot assure you that these indemnification provisions will fully protect us, and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities that adversely affect our profitability and financial position.
 
We may not achieve the intended benefits of the acquisition and our business could be materially impacted.  Under such circumstances, management could be required to spend significant amounts of time and resources in the transition of the acquired business.  In addition, any benefits we anticipate from application of our lean manufacturing and lean business expertise may not be fully realized.
 
If we acquire a company that operates in an industry that is different from the ones in which we operate, our lack of experience with that company’s industry could have a material adverse impact on our ability to manage that business and realize the benefits of that acquisition.
 
28 

Table of Contents
 
Global market and economic conditions, including those related to the financial markets, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition, and liquidity.
 
Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, both inside and outside the U.S.  Although we have seen stability or growth in some geographies since the global economic turmoil that began in 2008, we cannot assure you that these improvements will be sustainable or predict when the next recession will occur.  In addition, the current uncertainties in the euro zone may depress demand in the area and create additional risk to our financial results.
 
Instability in the global economy and financial markets can adversely affect our business in several ways, including limiting our customers’ ability to obtain sufficient credit or pay for our products within the terms of sale.  Competition could further intensify among the manufacturers and distributors with whom we compete for volume and market share, resulting in lower net revenue due to steeper discounts and product mix-down.  In addition, if certain key or sole suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent, it could result in a reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies.
 
Substantial losses in the equity markets could have an adverse effect on the assets of the Company’s pension plans.  Volatility of interest rates and negative equity returns could require greater contributions to the defined benefit plans in the future.
 
International economic, political, legal, and business factors could negatively affect our operating results, cash flows, financial condition, and growth.
 
We derived approximately 33% and 14% of our revenue from outside the U.S. for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  Our international revenue is primarily generated in Europe, the Middle East, Asia, South America, and Canada.  We expect our international revenue to continue to grow due to the acquisition of Coperion. In addition, we have manufacturing operations, suppliers, and employees located outside the U.S.  Since our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S., we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S.
 
Our international business is subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:
 
·                   interruption in the transportation of materials to us and finished goods to our customers;
·                   differences in terms of sale, including payment terms;
·                   local product preferences and product requirements;
·                   changes in the political or economic condition in a country or region, including safety and health issues;
·                   trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
·                   unexpected changes in laws or regulatory requirements, including negative changes in tax laws;
·                   limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings and cash;
·                   difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
·                   differing labor regulations;
·                   difficulties in implementing restructuring actions on a timely or comprehensive basis; and
·                   differing protection of intellectual property.
 
We rely upon our employees, agents, and business partners to comply with laws in many different countries and jurisdictions.  We establish policies and provide training to assist them in understanding our policies and the regulations most applicable to our business; however, our reputation, ability to do business, and financial results may be impaired by improper conduct by these individuals.
 
We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by our employees, agents, or business partners that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws, including the laws governing payments to government officials, bribery, fraud, anti-kickback and false claims rules, competition, export and import compliance, money laundering, and data privacy.  In particular, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, and we operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental
 
29 

Table of Contents
 
corruption to some degree.  Any such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions; could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties, and related shareholder lawsuits; could cause us to incur significant legal fees; and could damage our reputation.
 
We are subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We are subject to currency exchange rate risk to the extent that our costs are denominated in currencies other than those in which we earn revenues.  In addition, since our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our results of operations.  Although we address currency risk management through regular operating and financing activities, and, on a limited basis, through the use of derivative financial instruments, those actions may not prove to be fully effective.
 
Increased prices for, or unavailability of, raw materials used in our products could adversely affect profitability.
 
Our profitability is affected by the prices of the raw materials used in the manufacture of our products.  These prices fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, labor costs, fuel-related delivery costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, currency exchange rates, and, in some cases, government regulation.  Significant increases in the prices of raw materials that cannot be recovered through increases in the price of our products could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
 
We cannot guarantee that the prices we are paying for commodities today will continue in the future or that the marketplace will continue to support current prices for our products or that such prices can be adjusted to fully offset commodity price increases in the future.  Any increases in prices resulting from a tightening supply of these or other commodities could adversely affect our profitability.  We generally do not engage in hedging transactions for raw material purchases, but we do enter into some fixed-price supply contracts.
 
Our dependency upon regular deliveries of supplies from particular suppliers means that interruptions or stoppages in such deliveries could adversely affect our operations until arrangements with alternate suppliers could be made.  Several of the raw materials used in the manufacture of our products currently are procured from a single source.  If any of these sole-source suppliers were unable to deliver these materials for an extended period of time as a result of financial difficulties, catastrophic events affecting their facilities, or other factors, or if we were unable to negotiate acceptable terms for the supply of materials with these sole-source suppliers, our business could suffer.  We may not be able to find acceptable alternatives, and any such alternatives could result in increased costs.  Extended unavailability of a necessary raw material could cause us to cease manufacturing one or more products for a period of time.
 
A portion of our workforce is unionized.  The Company could face labor disruptions that would interfere with operations.
 
Approximately 40% of Hillenbrand’s employees work under collective bargaining agreements.  Although we have not experienced any significant work stoppages in the past 20 years as a result of labor disagreements, we cannot ensure that such a stoppage will not occur in the future.  Inability to negotiate satisfactory new agreements or a labor disturbance at one of the principal facilities could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
 
Volatility in our investment portfolio could adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.
 
In connection with our separation from our previous parent company, certain investments were transferred to us that had an aggregate carrying value of $12.7 as of December 31, 2012.  Volatility in our investment portfolio impacts earnings.  These investments could be adversely affected by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates, equity market volatility, and other factors, resulting in an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
 
30 

Table of Contents
 
We are involved on an ongoing basis in claims, lawsuits, and governmental proceedings relating to our operations, including environmental, antitrust, patent infringement, business practices, commercial transactions, and other matters.  The ultimate outcome of these claims, lawsuits, and governmental proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, but could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
We are also subject to other potential claims, including product and general liability, workers compensation, auto liability, and employment-related matters. While we maintain insurance for certain of these exposures, the policies in place are high-deductible policies.  For a more detailed discussion of our asserted claims, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012.
 
Upon the closing of each of our recent acquisitions, we increased our debt obligations significantly.  This could adversely affect our Company and limit our ability to respond to changes in our businesses.
 
As of December 31, 2012, our outstanding debt was $767.7.  This level of debt could have important consequences to our businesses.  For example:
 
·                We may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions because we have lower borrowing capacity.
·                We will be required to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow for other purposes, including business development efforts and acquisitions.
·                We will continue to be exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because a portion of our borrowings is at variable rates of interest.
·                We may be more limited in our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which they operate, thereby placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness.
 
Provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and facets of Indiana law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
 
Our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, as well as Indiana law, contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control if our Board of Directors determines that such changes in control are not in the best interests of our shareholders.  While these provisions have the effect of encouraging persons seeking to acquire control of our Company to negotiate with our Board of Directors, they could enable our Board of Directors to hinder or frustrate a transaction that the Board of Directors feels is not in the best interests of shareholders, but which some, or a majority, of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests.
 
These provisions include, among others:
 
·                   the division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered terms;
·                   the inability of our shareholders to act by less than unanimous written consent;
·                   rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings;
·                   the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval; and
·                   limitations on the right of shareholders to remove directors.
 
Indiana law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock, as well as on certain “control share” acquisitions.
 
We believe these provisions are important for a public company and protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise potentially unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors and by providing our Board of Directors with appropriate time to assess any acquisition proposal.  These provisions are not intended to make our Company immune from takeovers; however, they may apply if the Board of Directors determines that a takeover offer is not in the best interests of our shareholders, even if some shareholders believe the offer to be beneficial.
 
31 

Table of Contents
 
Risk Related to the Process Equipment Group
 
A significant portion of our investments in the Process Equipment Group includes goodwill and intangible assets that are subject to periodic impairment evaluations.  An impairment loss on these assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We acquired intangible assets with the acquisitions of Coperion, K-Tron, and Rotex, portions of which were identified as either goodwill or indefinite-lived assets.  We periodically assess these assets to determine if they are impaired.  Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes, or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures, and market capitalization declines may impair these assets.  Any charges relating to such impairments could adversely affect our results of operations in the periods recognized.
 
The Process Equipment Group operates in cyclical industries.
 
As an industrial capital goods supplier, the Process Equipment Group serves industries that are cyclical.  During periods of economic expansion, when capital spending normally increases, the Process Equipment Group generally benefits from greater demand for its products.  During periods of economic contraction, when capital spending normally decreases, the Process Equipment Group generally is adversely affected by declining demand for new equipment orders, and it may be subject to uncollectible receivables from customers who become insolvent.  There can be no assurance that economic expansion or increased demand will be sustainable.
 
The Process Equipment Group derives significant revenues from the energy industry.  Any decline in demand for electricity, natural gas, or coal or an increase in regulation of the energy industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
The Process Equipment Group sells dry material separation and size reduction equipment to the electric generating, natural gas, and coal mining industries.  A significant portion of its sales are tied to the consumption of natural gas and coal as a means of generating electricity. The demand for natural gas and coal is dependent upon the availability and cost of alternative sources of energy, such as oil or nuclear power. Additionally, the cost of compliance with federal, state, and local laws and regulations on the energy industry may impact the demand for our products. As a result, any downturn in or disruption to the natural gas or coal industries or decline in the demand for electricity, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
Risk Related to Batesville
 
Continued fluctuations in mortality rates and increased cremations may adversely affect, as they have in recent years, the sales volume of our burial caskets.
 
The life expectancy of U.S. citizens has increased steadily since the 1950s and is expected to continue to do so for the foreseeable future.  As the population of the U.S. continues to age, we anticipate the number of deaths in the U.S. will be relatively flat until aging baby boomers cause the number of deaths to increase.
 
Cremations as a percentage of total U.S. deaths have increased steadily since the 1960s and are expected to continue to increase for the foreseeable future.  The increase in the number of cremations in the U.S. has resulted in a contraction in the demand for burial caskets.  This has been a contributing factor to lower burial casket sales volumes for Batesville in each of the last five fiscal years.  We expect these trends to continue in the foreseeable future and will likely continue to negatively impact burial casket volumes.
 
Finally, the number of deaths can vary over short periods of time and among different geographical areas, due to a variety of factors, including the timing and severity of seasonal outbreaks of illnesses such as pneumonia and influenza.  Such variations could cause the sale of burial caskets to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year.
 
32 

Table of Contents
 
Batesville’s business is dependent on several major contracts with large national funeral providers. The relationships with these customers pose several risks.
 
Batesville has contracts with a number of national funeral home customers that comprise a sizeable portion of its overall sales volume.  Any decision by national funeral home customers to discontinue purchases from Batesville could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.  Also, while contracts with national funeral service providers give Batesville important access to purchasers of funeral service products, they may obligate Batesville to sell products at contracted prices for extended periods of time, therefore limiting Batesville’s ability, in the short term, to raise prices in response to significant increases in raw material prices or other factors.
 
Batesville is facing competition from a number of non-traditional sources and from caskets manufactured abroad and imported into North America.
 
Non-traditional funeral product providers, such as large discount retail stores, casket stores, and internet casket retailers, could present more of a competitive threat to Batesville and its sales channel than is currently anticipated.  In addition, a few foreign manufacturers, mostly from China, import caskets into the U.S. and Canada.  For the past three years, sales from these non-traditional and Chinese providers have remained relatively stable and represent a small percentage of total casket sales in North America, collectively less than 5%.  It is not possible to quantify the financial impact that these competitors will have on Batesville in the future.  These competitors and any new entrants into the funeral products business may drive pricing and other competitive actions in an industry that already has nearly twice the necessary domestic production capacity.  Such competitive actions could have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Item 2.                 UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS 
 
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in the three months ended December 31, 2012.
 
Item 6.                 EXHIBITS 
 
The exhibits filed with this report are listed on the Exhibit Index, which is incorporated herein by reference.  In reviewing any agreements included as exhibits to this report, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements.  The agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements, including us.  Except where explicitly stated otherwise, these representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:
 
·                   should not necessarily be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;
·                   may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;
·                   may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and
·                   were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.
 
Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.
 
33 

Table of Contents
 
SIGNATURES 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 	HILLENBRAND, INC.	
 	 	 	
Date: February 4, 2013	BY:	/s/ Cynthia L. Lucchese	
 	 	Cynthia L. Lucchese	
 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	 	
Date: February 4, 2013	BY:	/s/ Elizabeth E. Dreyer	
 	 	Elizabeth E. Dreyer	
 	 	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer	
 
34 

Table of Contents
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 10.1*	 	Confidential Settlement Agreement dated as of October 1, 2012, by and among Batesville Casket Company, Inc., Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., and certain other parties, on the one hand, and Funeral Consumers Alliance, Inc. and certain other parties, on the other hand.	
Exhibit 10.2	 	Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2012, by and among Hillenbrand, Inc., Hillenbrand Germany Holding GmbH, DBAG Fund V GmbH & Co. KG, DBAG Fund V International GmbH & Co. KG, DBAG Fund V Konzern GmbH & Co. KG, DBAG Fund V Co-Investor GmbH & Co. KG, Deutsche Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Günter Bachmann, Axel Kiefer and Thomas Kehl (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 16, 2012)	
Exhibit 10.3	 	Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated as of November 19, 2012, among Hillenbrand, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers named therein, the lenders named therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 2012)	
Exhibit 10.4*	 	Guarantee Facility Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012, by and between Coperion GmbH and Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft	
Exhibit 10.5*	 	Guaranty dated as of December 3, 2012, by Hillenbrand, Inc. in favor of Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft	
Exhibit 10.6*	 	Private Shelf Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012, by and between Hillenbrand, Inc. and Prudential Investment Management, Inc.	
Exhibit 10.7*	 	Form of Hillenbrand, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan Performance Based Unit Award Agreement by and between Hillenbrand, Inc. and certain employees including executive officers	
Exhibit 31.1*	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
Exhibit 31.2*	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
Exhibit 32.1*	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
Exhibit 32.2*	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
Exhibit 101.INS	 	Instance document	
Exhibit 101.SCH	 	Schema document	
Exhibit 101.CAL	 	Calculation linkbase document	
Exhibit 101.LAB	 	Labels linkbase document	
Exhibit 101.PRE	 	Presentation linkbase document	
Exhibit 101.DEF	 	Definition linkbase document	

*                  Filed herewith.
 
35 

Exhibit 10.1
 
CONFIDENTIAL  SETTLEMENT  AGREEMENT
 
This Confidential Settlement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into between Batesville Casket Company, Inc. (“Batesville”), Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. f/k/a Hillenbrand Industries, Inc., Service Corporation International (“SCI”) and Alderwoods Group, Inc. (collectively “Defendants”), on the one hand, and Funeral Consumer Alliance, Inc., Gloria Jaccarino Bender, Anthony J. Jaccarino, John Clark, Maria Magsarili, Tony Magsarili, Frances H. Rocha, Marsha Burger, Sandra Gonzalez, Deborah (Winch) Kidd, Anna Kain, and Gay Holtz (“Plaintiffs”), on the other hand, with reference to the following:
 
The parties enter into this Agreement and by so doing intend to resolve, terminate, and settle all disputes, claims, judgments, and actions between Defendants and Plaintiffs, including, without limitation, those claims asserted against Defendants in the litigation entitled Funeral Consumers Alliance, Inc. et al. v. Service Corporation International, et al., Civil Action No. 4:05-cv-03394, now pending on appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, Case No. 10-20719, (the “Action”), and to preclude the possibility of further disputes between them based on the claims herein.
 
WHEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants, warranties, and representation set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.                                         Payment to Plaintiffs .
 
In order to avoid further expense and business distraction, and without any admission of liability, Batesville shall pay $5,000,000 to Plaintiffs and SCI shall pay $1,000,000 to Plaintiffs, within 1 0 business days of the execution of this Agreement or of the receipt by Defendants from Plaintiffs of Constantine Cannon LLP’s tax identification number (whichever is later), by wire
 
1 

 
transfer to the following account, in full and complete settlement of all asserted and unasserted claims, including any claims for attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses: Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street 21st Floor, New York, NY 10286, Acct # 630-0597503, ABA# 021000018, Acct. Name: Constantine Cannon LLP.
 
2.                                           Dismissal and End of the Action .
 
Upon the delivery of an executed copy of this Agreement by Defendants, Plaintiffs shall file in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit an unopposed motion to dismiss the appeal, in the form attached as Exhibit A, and shall take any further steps, in either the Fifth Circuit or the district court, that are necessary to effectuate dismissal of the Action.  This agreement shall constitute a full release of the Fifth Circuit’s September 13, 2012 judgment, and Plaintiffs do hereby and forever discharge and release Defendants from that judgment.
 
3.                                          Release of Claims Against Defendants .
 
Plaintiffs absolutely and forever release and discharge each Defendant, together with each Defendant’s current and former agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys, owners, shareholders, policyholders, associated and affiliated companies, divisions, subsidiaries, successors, and assigns (collectively, the “Defendant Parties”) from any and all claims for injunctive relief, damage claims, rights, demands, covenants, agreements, contracts, invoices, duties, obligations, responsibilities, representations, warranties, promises, liens, accounts, debts, liabilities, damages, expenses, attorneys’ fees, costs and causes of action, known or unknown of whatever kind and howsoever arising, whether in law or equity, which each now has, ever has had, or may have had against the Defendant Parties up to and until the execution of this Agreement.
 
2 

 
4.                                           Constantine Cannon Representations .
 
Constantine Cannon LLP (“Constantine Cannon”) represents and warrants the following: (i) it has no current intention of suing any Defendant on behalf of any non-party based on any of the facts and claims alleged in the Action; (ii) it has not been engaged by any individual, association, or other person or entity to investigate or pursue claims against any Defendant based on the facts and claims alleged in the Action; (iii) it has no knowledge of any other law firm or attorney intending to pursue claims against any Defendant based on the facts and claims alleged in the Action; (iv) it will not directly or indirectly provide financial support to any law firm or attorney pursuing litigation against any Defendant based on the facts and claims alleged in the Action; and (v) it will not encourage nonparties to pursue litigation against any Defendant based on the facts and claims alleged in the Action.  Distribution of fees and costs incurred in this action by Constantine Cannon to plaintiffs’ counsel does not constitute the provision of direct or indirect financial support under clause (iv) of this Paragraph 4.  Constantine Cannon agrees that the representation and warranties set forth in this Paragraph 4 represent a material inducement for each Defendant to enter into this Agreement.
 
5.                                          Attorneys’ Fees and Costs .
 
The parties agree that this Agreement includes the release of all claims for costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees, incurred by each of them in connection with or arising out of the Action and that each party shall bear and be fully responsible for its own costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees.
 
6.                                          Confidentiality .
 
The parties and their counsel shall keep the terms of this Agreement strictly confidential as to non-parties to this Agreement and they shall not disclose such terms to the Court or to
 
3 

 
anyone else, except their respective accountants, tax or financial consultants, attorneys, and insurers or as may be required by law or regulation, including any disclosures that any Defendant, in its sole discretion, may determine to be required in public financial statements. Neither plaintiffs nor their counsel shall make any statements to the press relating to this Agreement other than to acknowledge that the Action has been concluded.  In the event of a breach, this confidentiality agreement may be enforced on appropriate motion or separate action in a court in Indiana or any other court with subject matter jurisdiction, at the option of the party seeking enforcement.   Constantine Cannon agrees that its representations and warranties regarding confidentiality represent a material inducement for each Defendant to enter into this Agreement.
 
7.                                          Demand for Disclosure by Third Parties .
 
If another person or entity requests or demands the production of the Agreement from  any Defendant, Plaintiffs, or their counsel, by discovery, subpoena, or otherwise, the party receiving such a request will immediately notify counsel for the opposing party and will oppose the production by asserting all applicable objections, rights and privileges.  Defendants and Plaintiffs further agree that in the event a court orders the production of the Agreement, they will seek to produce the Agreement in camera, if permitted by the Court, or, alternatively, subject to the terms of a protective order which would prohibit the public dissemination of the Agreement.
 
8.                                         No Admission of Liability .
 
The parties acknowledge and agree that neither this Agreement, nor any exhibit, document or instrument delivered hereunder is intended to be or shall be construed as or deemed to be evidence of any admission or concession by any Defendant of any liability or wrongdoing. The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, drafts, motions, court papers,
 
4 

 
conversations, negotiations and correspondence, the payment to Plaintiffs by Batesville and SCI, and all statements made in connection with negotiation of this Agreement, constitute an offer to compromise and a compromise within the meaning of Federal Rule of Evidence 408, and any equivalent rule of evidence of any state.
 
9.                                          Applicable Law .
 
This Agreement and the rights, duties, and obligations of the Parties to this Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, performed, and enforced in accordance with and governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Indiana.
 
10.                                   Assumption of Risk .
 
The Parties fully understand and agree that the assumptions and perceived circumstances upon which this Agreement is executed may be mistaken or otherwise in error.  With such understanding and agreement, the Parties expressly accept and assume the risk of facts being other than or different from its or their assumptions or perceptions as of any date prior to and including the date hereof; the Parties fully agree that this Agreement shall be in all respects effective, and shall not be subject to termination, rescission, or modifications by reason of any mistaken or erroneous assumption of perceived circumstances.
 
11.                                   No Promises .
 
The Parties acknowledge to one another that no promise, inducement or agreement not contained herein has been expressed or made to any of them in connection with this Agreement.
 
12.                                   Complete Agreement .
 
This Agreement is intended by the Parties as a final and complete expression of their agreement and understanding with respect to its subject manner. The terms of this Agreement are contractual, and may not be changed, modified, altered, interlineated, or supplemented, nor
 
5 

 
may any covenant, representation, warranty, or other provisions hereof be waived, except by agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, alteration, interlineation, waiver or supplementation is sought.
 
13.                                   General Provisions .
 
(a)                                     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together will constitute but one agreement.
 
(b)                                     In the event any provision of the Agreement is found to be unenforceable, that finding shall not affect the enforceability of any other provision hereof.
 
(c)                                      This Agreement shall not be construed for or against any of the Parties on the basis of the extent to which that party anticipated in drafting it.
 
(d)                                     This Agreement constitutes a single, integrated contract expressing the entire agreement of the Parties concerning its subject matter.  All prior discussions and negotiations have been merged and integrated into, and are suspended by, this Agreement.
 
(e)                                      Counsel for the Parties expressly represent and warrant that they have authority to sign for their respective clients and that, before executing this Agreement, their clients  completely read the terms of this Agreement and/or that this Agreement has been completely read and explained to their clients and that the terms of the Agreement are fully understood and voluntarily accepted by them.  Counsel further represent and acknowledge that they have explained to their respective clients, and their clients have taken into account, not only the known and anticipated claims and defenses, but also unknown and unanticipated claims and defenses which they hereby recognize and agree are covered by this Agreement and the releases contained herein.  Counsel further acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has not been procured through coercion, duress, fraud or any other improper means.
 
6 

 
(f)                                       The Parties make no warrant or representation with respect to the tax consequences, if any, or other consequences of the Settlement Amount paid to Plaintiffs.
 
(g)                                      The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Protective Order herein shall continue in full force and effect even after settlement of this action, and that the Parties and their counsel have an ongoing obligation fully to comply with the terms of that Protective Order. If Constantine Cannon intentionally or recklessly breaches a material representation or warranty, or material obligation contained in this Agreement, it shall be obligated to pay Batesville $4,000,000 and SCI $500,000 as damages. Constantine Cannon will not be deemed to have recklessly breached any material representation or warranty contained in the Protective Order or material obligation contained in this Agreement if it takes reasonable precautions to ensure its compliance with such representations, warranties and obligations. In view of the difficulty of predicting with certainty the likely damages from a material breach of Constantine Cannon’s representations, warranties, or obligation, Constantine Cannon agrees that the amount set forth above is a reasonable provision for liquidated damages and not a penalty IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Agreement as of September 30, 2012.

CONSTANTINE CANNON LLP	BOIES, SCHILLER & FLEXNER LLP	
 	 	
By:	 /s/ Matthew L. Cantor	 	By:	/s/ Richard B. Drubel	
 	Matthew L. Cantor	 	Richard B. Drubel	
 	Gordon Schnell	 	26 South Main Street	
 	450 Lexington Avenue	 	Hanover, New Hampshire 03755	
 	17 th  Floor	 	Telephone: (603) 643-9090	
 	New York, New York 10017	 	Facsimile: (603) 643-9010	
 	Telephone: (212) 350-2700	 	 	
 	Facsimile: (212) 350-2701	 	Attorneys for Batesville Casket Co., Inc.	
 	 	 	and Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. f/k/a	

7 

 

Lead Counsel for Gloria Jaccarino Bender	Hillenbrand Industries, Inc.	
 	Anthony J. Jaccarino	 	
 	John Clark	BRACEWELL & GIULIANI, LLP	
 	Maria Magsarili	 	
 	Tony Magsarili	By:	/s/ J. Clifford Gunter, III	
 	Frances H. Rocha	 	J. Clifford Gunter, III	
 	Marsha Burger	 	Pennzoil Place — South Tower	
 	Sandra Gonzales	 	711 Louisiana Street	
 	Deborah Winch	 	Suite 2300	
 	Anna Kain	 	Houston, TX 77002-2770	
 	Gay Holtz	 	Telephone: (713) 223-2300	
 	Funeral Consumers Alliance, Inc.	 	Facsimile: (713) 221-1212	
 	 	 	
FUNERAL CONSUMERS ALLIANCE, INC.	Attorneys for Service Corporation	
 	 	International	
By:	/s/ Joshua Slocum	 	 	
 	JOSHUA SLOCUM	EDISON, McDOWELL &	
 	 	HETHERINGTON LLP	
 	 	 	
 	 	By:	/s/ Andrew M. Edison	
 	 	 	Andrew M. Edison	
 	 	 	Phoenix Tower	
 	 	 	3200 Southwest Freeway	
 	 	 	Suite 2920	
 	 	 	Houston, TX 77027	
 	 	 	Telephone: (713) 337-5580	
 	 	 	Facsimile: (713) 337-8850	
 	 	 	
 	 	Attorneys for Alderwoods Group, Inc.	

8 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
NO.  10-20719

 

 	IN THE UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS	 	
 	FOR THE FIFTH CIRCUIT	 	

 

 	FUNERAL CONSUMERS ALLIANCE INC.,  et al.,	 	
 	                        Plaintiffs-Appellants,	 	
 	 	 	
 	v.	 	
 	 	 	
 	SERVICE CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL,  et al.,	 	
 	                        Defendants-Appellees.	 	

 
On appeal from the United States District Court
for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division

 
APPELLANTS’ UNOPPOSED MOTION
TO DISMISS THE APPEAL

 
Pursuant to Federal Rules of Appellate Procedure 27 and 42, and  Fifth Circuit Rule 42.1, Plaintiffs-Appellants Funeral Consumer Alliance, Inc., Gloria Jaccarino Bender, Anthony J. Jaccarino, John Clark, Maria Magsarili, Tony Magsarili, Frances H. Rocha, Marsha Burger, Sandra Gonzalez, Deborah (Winch) Kidd, Anna Kain, and Gay Holtz (collectively, “Appellants”) file this Unopposed Motion to Dismiss the Appeal.
 
A panel of this Court issued an opinion and judgment in this case on September  13, 2012.    The Court’s  judgment  directed  that  “the judgment  of the District Court is affirmed in part and reversed in part,” that “the cause is remanded
 
1 

 
to the District Court for further proceedings in accordance with the opinion of this Court,” and that “defendants-appellees pay to plaintiffs-appellants the costs on appeal to be taxed by the Clerk of this Court.”
 
The parties have since reached a settlement agreement that fully and finally resolves the dispute between them. To effectuate  the  parties’  settlement, Appellants request that the Court enter an order dismissing this appeal in  its entirety and specifying that the parties shall each bear their own costs and fees, and that, pursuant to Fifth Circuit Rule 42.1, a copy of the dismissal order be issued as the mandate. Appellants do not request that the Court vacate its opinion. Appellees are unopposed to this request.
 
PRAYER
 
For these reasons, Plaintiffs-Appellants Funeral Consumer Alliance, Inc., Gloria Jaccarino Bender, Anthony J. Jaccarino, John Clark, Maria Magsarili, Tony Magsarili, Frances H. Rocha, Marsha Burger, Sandra Gonzalez, Deborah (Winch) Kidd, Anna Kain, and Gay Holtz pray that this Court enters an order dismissing this appeal and specifying that the parties shall each bear their own costs and fees.

 	Respectfully submitted,	
 	 	
 	CONSTANTINE CANNON, LLP	
 	 	
 	By:	 	
 	 	Matthew L. Cantor	
 	 	Attorney-in-Charge, Plaintiffs	
 
2 

 

 	and	
 	 	
 	By:	 	
 	 	Gordon Schnell	
 	 	Attorney-in-Charge, Plaintiffs	
 	 	
 	Matthew L. Cantor (admitted pro hac vice)	
 	Gordon Schnell (admitted pro hac vice)	
 	Kerin E. Coughlin (admitted pro hac vice)	
 	Jean Kim (admitted pro hac vice)	
 	450 Lexington Avenue	
 	New York, New York 10017	
 	Telephone: (212) 350-2700	
 	Facsimile: (212) 350-2701	
 	 	
 	Counsel for Funeral Consumers Alliance, Inc.,	
 	Gloria Jaccarino Bender, Anthony J. Jaccarino,	
 	John Clark, Maria and Tony Magsarili,	
 	Frances H. Rocha, Marsha Burger, Sandra	
 	Gonzales, Deborah (Winch) Kidd, Anna Kain,	
 	Gay Holtz	
 
CERTIFICATE OF CONFERENCE
 
I certify that counsel for Appellants has conferred with counsel for Appellees, and that Appellees are not opposed to the relief sought in this motion.

 	/s/ Matthew L. Cantor	
 	Matthew L. Cantor	
 
3 

 
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
 
I certify that I served a copy of this Appellants’  Unopposed Motion to Dismiss the Appeal in electronic form on counsel of record on                              , 2012, as follows:
 
Bracewell & Giuliani LLP
J. Clifford Gunter III (clifford.gunter@bgllp.com)
Jeffrey L. Oldham (jeff.oldham@bgllp.com)
 
Edison, McDowell & Hetherington LLP
Andrew M. Edison (andrew.edison@emhllp.com)
 
Boies, Schiller & Flexner LLP
Richard B. Drubel (rdrubel@bsfllp.com)
John F. Cove, Jr. (jcove@bsfllp.com)
Kieran P. Ringgenberg (kringgenberg@bsfllp.com)

 	/s/ Matthew L. Cantor	
 	Matthew L. Cantor	
 
4 

Exhibit 10.4
 
Non-binding translation — for your convenience only
 
Agreement
relating to a Guarantee Facility
 
Between
 
Coperion GmbH
Theodorstrasse 10
70469 Stuttgart
 
- hereinafter referred to as the “Customer “ -
 
and
 
Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft
Kaiserstr. 16
60311 Frankfurt am Main
 
- hereinafter referred to as the “Bank “ -
 
the following Agreement relating to a Guarantee Facility (“Guarantee Facility Agreement”) is made:

 
1.                           Amount of the guarantee facility
 
1.1                     The Bank makes available to the Customer a guarantee facility
 
in the amount of EUR 50,000,000.00
(in words: euro fifty million)
 
under which the Bank assumes sureties, guarantees and standby letters of credit (“Guarantees”) in favour of third parties on the Customer’s instruction according to the following regulations.
 
2.                            Utilisation
 
2.1                     The guarantee facility may be utilised by the Customer for guarantees in the euro and in freely convertible foreign currencies. Guarantees as loan security may not be utilised. The amount of utilisations shall not exceed the amount of the granted guarantee facility at any time. The Customer will ensure iself that the guarantee facility is not exceeded.
 
The Bank reserves the right to refuse the issue of a guarantee in a specific case on account of the risks which may arise from the wording thereof and/or the person of the beneficiary and/or the term and/or the underlying transaction.
 
2.2                   If the guarantee facility is exceeded due to exchange rate fluctuations, the Customer shall be obliged to reduce the utilisation immediately so that the guarantee facility is no longer exceeded. If this is not immediately possible, the Customer shall provide cash security to the Bank in the amount by which the guarantee facility is exceeded.
 
To determine whether the guarantee facility is exceeded due to exchange rate fluctuations, the EUR countervalue of the utilisations in foreign currency is calculated on the basis of the mean rate of exchange applicable on the date of determination. The mean rate of exchange is the rate fixed by the Bank as the middle rate between the buying and the selling rate for the respective foreign currency against the euro at 1 p.m. local time in Frankfurt am Main on each banking day and which is then published on its Internet pages under www.commerzbank.de,
 
A banking day shall be any day (other than a Saturday and Sunday) on which commercial banks in Frankfurt am Main are open for business.
 
3.                            Fees
 
3.1                   Currently and until further notice, the Bank charges a guarantee fee of 1.20 % p.a. on the nominal amount of the guarantee, at least EUR 50.00. If the guarantee provided by the Bank includes interest and costs on the guaranteed amount, the Bank may agree with the Customer a surcharge on the nominal amount of the guarantee for the calculation of the guarantee fee. In that case, the guarantee fee is calculated on the basis of the nominal amount of the guarantee, increased by the surcharge. If an agreement on the surcharge cannot be reached, the Bank may refuse the issue of the guarantee.

 
In addition, the Bank charges the following fees:
 
A: Guarantees for domestic beneficiaries:

Execution of guarantee document (with standard text provided by the Bank)	 	EUR 50.00	
 
On giving an instruction to issue a guarantee on the basis of an individually specified text for the execution of the guarantee document, the Bank may demand a higher fee than that charged for standard texts provided by the Bank. If an agreement cannot be reached, the Bank shall not be obliged to issue the guarantee.

Amendment of guarantees	 	EUR 50.00	
 
For the issue of guarantees with foreign beneficiaries, the Bank may demand higher fees than the above-mentioned fees. If an agreement cannot be reached, the Bank shall not be obliged to issue the guarantee.
 
The guarantee fee for each guarantee shall always be payable quarterly in advance on the last day of the previous quarter. The Bank charges the Customer the fee for the current remaining quarter on assumption of the guarantee.
 
3.2                    Commitment fee
 
3.2.1          From the date of effectiveness of the Agreement, the Customer and the Bank agree a commitment fee at the rate of 0.20 % p.a. on the undrawn balance of the credit facility. The commitment fee shall be due for payment and is to be paid by the Customer monthly in arrears, always on the last day of each calendar month.
 
3.2.2         Unless otherwise agreed, i nterest and fees determined on a pro-rata-temporis basis shall be calculated on the basis of the international interest method, ie. the actual number of calendar days elapsed during the calculation period divided by 360 interest days per year shall be applicable.
 
3.3                   The Bank may debit the interest and fees payable under this clause 3 to any current account of the Customer maintained with the Bank.
 
4.                            Term / discharge from obligations / reimbursement of expenses
 
4.1                     The guarantee facility is extended until further notice.
 
4.2                     The Customer shall release the Bank at the end of the term of the guarantee facility from the obligations under any guarantees still outstanding. If the Customer fails to comply with its obligation to discharge the Bank within a reasonable period set by the Bank, the Customer shall be obliged to pay a money amount to the Bank in the amount and currency of the guarantee exposures as security for the Bank’s claim to reimbursement of expenses. From the time of receipt of the money money by the Bank in the account specified by the Bank for this purpose, the Customer shall no longer be obliged to pay a guarantee fee. Instead of providing security by payment of a money amount, the Customer may also furnish the Bank with a bank guarantee by a bank with registered office in a OECD country acceptable to the Bank. If such a guarantee is issued, the guarantee fee will be reduced to 0.80 %.

 
5.                            Security / obligations of shareholders
 
5.1                   The Bank shall receive the following security from third parties:
 
·                   Guarantee by Hillenbrand Inc., One Batesville Blvd., 
 Batesville, Indiana, USA 47006, in the amount of EUR 50,000,000.00, 
 according to the Annex.
 
6.                            Disclosure of financial situation / reporting/ release from the Bank’s duty of secrecy
 
6.1                     The Customer shall be obliged to inform the Bank on its financial situation and that of its associated companies, if any, as well as of the guarantor Hillenbrand Inc. on a timely basis and submit to the Bank the following documents within the below-mentioned periods in each case without special request:
 
·                         immediately on completion, but nine months after the end of the respective financial year at the latest
 
·           its financial statements and management report,
·           consolidated financial statements/consolidated management report/
consolidated audit report of Hillenbrand Inc.
 
each signed in a legally binding manner and in audited form.
 
·                        the audit report by its auditors and the auditors of Hillenbrand Inc., provided that it is required to be prepared according to the statutory regulations or is prepared on a voluntary basis.
 
·                        its quarterly reports and those of Hillenbrand Inc., including balance sheets and income statements, in each case without special request and immediately, but 45 days after the end of each quarter at the latest,
 
·                        at the Bank’s request, any documents additionally required pursuant to § 18 KWG [German Banking Act] and any other provisions and regulations issued by the competent supervisory authorities as well as further documents containing information on its economic situation and that of Hillenbrand Inc.
 
7.                           Termination for cause without notice (Kündigung aus wichtigem Grund)
 
In addition to the rights of termination to which t he Bank is entitled subject to its General Business Conditions and the statutory regulations, the Bank may terminate the Guarantee Facility Agreement and any individual transactions concluded thereunder for cause without notice if the Customer fails to comply with its contractual obligations concerning the submission of documents on its financial situation or that of a guarantor.
 
8.                            Transfer clause
 
8.1                     I n the event that the Bank uses its right
 
(a)               to assign or pledge the claims due to it under the Guarantee Facility Agreement as well as the individual transactions made thereunder — if applicable, including any pertaining security — to third parties in full or part, or

 
(b)               to insure the economic risk of lending with third parties or transfer it to third parties in full or in part (e.g. by means of credit derivatives, asset-backed securities transactions or loan subparticipations),
 
the Customer shall release the Bank from its duty of secrecy within the scope required according to the regulations in the following paragraphs.
 
8.2                     A third party may be a member of the European System of Central Banks (e.g. Deutsche Bundesbank), a promotional bank (e.g. Reconstruction Loan Corporation or EIB European Investment Bank), a credit institution, financial services institution, finance company, insurance company, company pension system, pension fund, investment company or an institutional investor.
 
The Bank is authorised to pass on the information required for assigning claims or transferring the economic risk of lending to the respective third party as well as to such persons involved in the transfer for technical or legal reasons, e.g. rating agencies or auditors. Prior to passing on the information, the Bank shall bind such third party and the other above-mentioned persons to secrecy by means of a confidentiality agreement on all data concerning the Customer and the guarantors, if any, unless such obligation already exists by virtue of statutory or professional regulations.
 
8.3                     In the event of a transfer or pledge of claims to Deutsche Bundesbank, the Customer shall provide annual financial statements and/or information on its own financial situation at the latter’s request.
 
9.                            Conditions precedent
 
The guarantee facility may be utilised by the Customer p rovided the Guarantee Facility Agreement has been duly entered into according to clause 10, no events of default have occurred, the Customer has complied with its contractual obligations to provide security, and the following conditions precedent are complied with in addition:
 
·                     submission of a legal opinion by a US law firm confirming the effectiveness and enforceability of the guarantee by Hillenbrand Inc.
·                     Board Resolution of Hillenbrand Inc. in connection with the assumption of the guarantee
·                     Certificate of Incorporation of Hillenbrand Inc.
·                     Articles and bylaws of Hillenbrand Inc.
·                     Certificate of Good Standing of Hillenbrand Inc.
 
Unless the stated conditions precedent are complied with by December 30, 2012, the Bank’s obligations under this Guarantee Facility Agreement shall expire.
 
10.                   Effectiveness of Agreement
 
10.1              The Guarantee Facility Agreement shall come into full force and effect, as soon as the following conditions are complied with:
 
·                 receipt by the Bank of the original of the Agreement countersigned by the Customer in a legally binding manner.

 
11.                     Severability
 
Should any of the above provisions be legally invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, the other provisions hereof shall remain in force.
 
12.                     Statute of Limitation
 
With the exception of claims for damages, the Bank’s claims under this Guarantee Facility Agreement shall become statute-barred after five years only. The five-year term shall start at the end of the year in which the claim became due.
 
13.                     Obligation of the Bank to maintain its loan offer
 
The Bank will consider itself bound to the offer made by this Agreement until December 7, 2012.
 
14.                     Application of the Bank’s General Business Conditions
 
In addition the Bank’s General Business Conditions and the Bank’s Conditions for Guarantee Business shall apply which are enclosed with this Agreement.

Stuttgart,	 	 	
 	 	 	
(Place, date)	 	(Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft)	

Stuttgart,	 	 	
 	 	 	
(Place, date)	 	(Coperion GmbH)	

Exhibit 10.5
 
GUARANTY
 
GUARANTY, dated December 3, 2012, made by Hillenbrand, Inc., One Batesville Blvd., Batesville, Indiana, USA 47006 , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Indiana (the “Guarantor”), in favor of Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft (the “Bank”).
 
The Bank, through its Frankfurt am Main Branch, has  granted on the date hereof credit facilities by way of issuing letters of credit and guarantee facilities, in the aggregate amount of EURO 50.000.000,00 (such facilities as hereafter amended, modified or supplemented, the “Agreement”, terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), to Coperion GmbH, Theodorstrasse 10, 70469 Stuttgart , a German Corporation (the “Borrower”).
 
It is a condition precedent to the extending guaranties and issuing of L/Cs by the Bank under the Agreement that the Guarantor, as the ultimate parent of the Borrower, shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to induce the Bank to make loans or to continue to make loans under the Agreement, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
 
1. Guaranty.
 
The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under the Agreement, whether for principal, interest or otherwise (collectively the “Obligations”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by the Bank in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty provided no such expenses will be due and payable if the Guarantor is found not to be liable hereunder in a final non-appealable judgment.
 
2. Guaranty Absolute.
 
The Guarantor guarantees that the Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:
 
(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto (other than this Guaranty) or any law, regulation or order now or hereinafter in effect in any jurisdiction purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower of the Obligations;
 
(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to release from the Agreement;
 
(c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to release from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations; or
 
(d) any other act, omission or delay to do any other act which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Borrower or otherwise operate as a discharge of a guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
 
This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 
3. Guaranty of Payment
 
The Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection and is in no way conditioned or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Borrower or upon any other condition precedent or condition subsequent or contingency.
 
4. Waiver.
 
The Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Bank protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Borrower, any other person or entity or any collateral.
 
5. Subrogation.
 
The Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation under this Guaranty, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, until all the Obligations shall have been paid in full (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations owed to the Bank not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made). If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in full  (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations owed to the Bank not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made), such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Bank and shall forthwith be paid to the Bank to be credited and applied upon the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. If (i) the Guarantor shall make payment to the Bank of all or any part of the Obligations and (ii) all the Obligations shall be paid in full (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations owed to the Bank not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made), the Bank will, at the Guarantor’s request, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Guarantor of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such payment by the Guarantor.
 
6. Taxes.
 
(a) Any and all payments made by the Guarantor hereunder shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all ancillary liabilities with respect thereto, excluding (i) taxes of any jurisdiction imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) and (ii) all income and franchise taxes of the United States and any political subdivisions thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If the Guarantor shall be compelled by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Bank, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6) the Bank receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
 
(b) A payment by the Guarantor shall not be increased under this Section 6,  if on the date on which the payment falls due, (i) the payment could have been made without a deduction of Taxes, if the Bank had been a resident of a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement applicable to the payments made by the Guarantor hereunder which makes provision for full exemption for tax on payments made by the Guarantor hereunder  (a “Treaty Lender”) but on that date the Bank is not or has ceased to be a Treaty Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a lender under the Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or treaty, or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority, or (ii) the Bank is a Treaty Lender and the Guarantor is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Bank without the deduction of Taxes had that Lender complied with its obligations below.
 
(c) Bank and Guarantor shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Guarantor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a deduction of Taxes.
 
(d) In addition, the Guarantor agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).
 
2 

 
(e) The Guarantor will indemnify the Bank for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on additional amounts payable under this Section 6) paid by the Bank or any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date the Bank makes written demand therefor. In any event, no indemnification is owed under this subsection (e) to the extent a loss, liability or cost (A) is compensated for by an increased payment under subsection (a) above, or (B) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under subsection (a) above but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in subsection (b) applied.
 
(f) The Bank making, or intending to make, a claim under subsection (e) above shall promptly notify the Guarantor of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.
 
(g) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Guarantor will furnish to the Bank the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.
 
(h) If the Guarantor makes a payment for Taxes under the preceding subsections (“Tax Payment”)  and the Bank determines that: (a) a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Taxes (each a “Tax Credit”) is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a deduction of Taxes in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required, and (b) the Bank has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, the Bank shall pay an amount to the Guarantor which Bank determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Guarantor.
 
(i) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Guarantor hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in subsections (a) through (h) above shall survive the payment in full of principal of and interest on the Agreement.
 
7. Judgment.
 
(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Euro into another currency, the parties agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Bank could purchase Euro with such other currency on the business day in Frankfurt/Main, Federal Republic of Germany (“Business Day”) preceding that on which final judgment is given.
 
(b) The obligation of the Guarantor in respect of any sum due from it to the Bank hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than Euro, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Bank of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency the Bank may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase Euro with such other currency; if the Euro so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Bank in Euro, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Bank against such loss, and if the Euro so purchased exceed the sum originally due to the Bank in Euro, the Bank agrees to remit to the Guarantor such excess.
 
8. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.
 
(a) The Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in New York City in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or federal court. The Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
 
b) Nothing in this Section 8) affect the right of the Bank to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Bank to bring any action or proceeding against the Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
(c) To the extent that the Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution,
 
3 

 
execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Guaranty.
 
9. Representations and Warranties.
 
(a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. To the knowledge of the Guarantor, the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty do not contravene any law or contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Guarantor, except for any such contravention which, individually or in the aggregate, would not result in a material adverse effect on the validity of the Guaranty.
 
(b) No authorization or approval (including exchange control approval) or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.
 
(c) This Guaranty is the Guarantor’s legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
 
(d) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened action or proceeding affecting the Guarantor before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, which would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the financial condition or operations of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
 
(e) Neither the Guarantor nor any of its property has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.
 
(f) There is no tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge or withholding imposed by the United States of America and/or the State of New York or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein either (i) on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Guaranty or any other document to be furnished hereunder or (ii) on any payment to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.
 
(g) To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guaranty in the State of New York, it is not necessary that this Guaranty or any other document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the State of New York or that any stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of this Guaranty.
 
10. Bank Status. It is the intent of the Guarantor that, upon execution and delivery of this Guaranty by the Guarantor, the Bank will be a general unsecured creditor of the Guarantor with respect to the Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.
 
11. Miscellaneous.
 
(a) Any amendment or waiver hereof shall be in writing and signed by the Bank and the Guarantor and shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure of the Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
(b) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic communication) and, if to the Guarantor, mailed or telegraphed or delivered to it, addressed to it at Hillenbrand, Inc. One Batesville Blvd., Batesville, Indiana, USA 47006, Attention of Treasurer, if to the Bank, mailed or delivered to it, addressed to it at the address of the Bank specified in the Agreement, or as to each party at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party. All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed or telegraphed, respectively, be effective when deposited in the mails or delivered to the telegraph company, respectively, addressed as aforesaid.
 
4 

 
(c) This Guaranty is a continuing Guaranty and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) be binding upon the Guarantor, its permitted successors and assigns under the Agreement and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Bank and its permitted successors, transferees and assigns under the Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), the Bank may assign or otherwise transfer its interest in the Obligations to any other person or entity, and such other person or entity shall thereupon become vested with all the rights in respect thereof granted to the Bank herein or otherwise.
 
12. Governing Law.
 
This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States of America.
 
(signature page follows)
 
5 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 	HILLENBRAND, INC.	

 	By:	/s/ Cynthia L. Lucchese	
 	 	 	
 	Name:	Cynthia L. Lucchese	
 	Title:	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 10.6
 
EXECUTION VERSION

 
HILLENBRAND, INC.
 
$150,000,000
 
Private Shelf Facility

 
PRIVATE SHELF AGREEMENT

 
Dated December 6, 2012

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	Page	
 	 	 	 	
1.	AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES	1	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 1.1	 	1	
 	 	 	 	
2.	SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES	2	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 2.1.	Shelf Facility and Shelf Notes	2	
 	 	 	 	
3.	CLOSING	6	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 3.1.	Facility Closings	6	
 	Section 3.2.	Rescheduled Facility Closings	7	
 	 	 	 	
4.	CONDITIONS	7	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 4.1.	Representations and Warranties	7	
 	Section 4.2.	Performance; No Default	7	
 	Section 4.3.	Compliance Certificates	8	
 	Section 4.4.	Opinions of Counsel	8	
 	Section 4.5.	Guaranty Agreements and Confirmations	8	
 	Section 4.6.	Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.	9	
 	Section 4.7.	Payment of Fees	9	
 	Section 4.8.	Private Placement Number	10	
 	 	 	 	
5.	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY	10	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 5.1.	Organization; Power and Authority	10	
 	Section 5.2.	Authorization, Etc.	10	
 	Section 5.3.	Disclosure	10	
 	Section 5.4.	Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates	11	
 	Section 5.7.	Governmental Authorizations, Etc.	12	
 	Section 5.8.	Litigation	12	
 	Section 5.9.	Taxes	13	
 	Section 5.11.	Licenses, Permits, Etc.	13	
 	Section 5.12.	Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans	14	
 	Section 5.13.	Private Offering by the Company	15	
 	Section 5.14.	Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations	15	
 	Section 5.15.	Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens	15	
 	Section 5.16.	Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.	16	
 	Section 5.17.	Status under Certain Statutes	17	
 	Section 5.18.	Environmental Matters	17	
 	 	 	 	
6.	REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS	17	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 6.1.	Purchase for Investment	17	
 	Section 6.2.	Source of Funds	18	
 
i 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 	 	Page	
 	 	 	 	
7.	[RESERVED]	20	
 	 	 	 	
8.	PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES	20	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 8.2.	Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount	20	
 	Section 8.3.	[RESERVED]	21	
 	Section 8.4.	Allocation of Partial Prepayments	21	
 	Section 8.5.	Maturity; Surrender, Etc.	21	
 	Section 8.6.	Purchase of Notes	21	
 	Section 8.7.	Make-Whole Amount	21	
 	 	 	 	
9.	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	25	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 9.1	Financial Statements and Other Information	25	
 	Section 9.2	Notices of Material Events	26	
 	Section 9.3	Existence; Conduct of Business	27	
 	Section 9.4	Payment of Tax Obligations	27	
 	Section 9.5	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance	27	
 	Section 9.6	Books and Records; Inspection Rights	27	
 	Section 9.7	Compliance with Laws	28	
 	Section 9.8.	Subsequent Guarantors	28	
 	 	 	 	
10.	NEGATIVE COVENANTS	29	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 10.1.	Liens	29	
 	Section 10.2	Acquisitions	32	
 	Section 10.3	Indebtedness	32	
 	Section 10.4	Fundamental Changes	35	
 	Section 10.5	Restricted Payments	36	
 	Section 10.6	Change in Nature of Business	36	
 	Section 10.7	Transactions with Affiliates	36	
 	Section 10.8	Burdensome Agreements	37	
 	Section 10.9	Financial Covenants	38	
 	Section 10.10.	Terrorism Sanctions Regulations	38	
 	Section 10.11.	Most Favored Lender Status	38	
 	 	 	 	
11.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT	39	
 	 	 	 	
12.	REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.	42	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 12.1.	Acceleration	42	
 	Section 12.2.	Other Remedies	42	
 	Section 12.3.	Rescission	42	
 	Section 12.4.	No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.	43	
 
ii 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 	 	Page	
 	 	 	 	
14.	REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES	43	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 14.1.	Registration of Notes	43	
 	Section 14.2.	Transfer and Exchange of Notes	43	
 	Section 14.3.	Replacement of Notes	44	
 	 	 	 	
15.	PAYMENTS ON NOTES	44	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 15.1.	Place of Payment	44	
 	Section 15.2.	Home Office Payment	45	
 	 	 	 	
16.	EXPENSES, ETC.	45	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 16.1	Transaction Expenses	45	
 	Section 16.2.	Survival	46	
 	 	 	 	
17.	SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT	46	
 	 	 	 	
18.	AMENDMENT AND WAIVER	46	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 18.1.	Requirements	46	
 	Section 18.2.	Solicitation of Holders of Notes	47	
 	Section 18.3.	Binding Effect, Etc.	48	
 	Section 18.4.	Notes Held by the Company, Etc.	48	
 	 	 	 	
19.	NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE	48	
 	 	 	 	
20.	REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS	49	
 	 	 	 	
21.	CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION	49	
 	 	 	 	
22.	SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER	51	
 	 	 	 	
23.	MISCELLANEOUS	51	
 	 	 	 	
 	Section 23.1.	Successors and Assigns	51	
 	Section 23.2.	Payments Due on Non-Business Days	51	
 	Section 23.3.	Accounting Terms	52	
 	Section 23.4.	Severability	53	
 	Section 23.5.	Construction, Etc.	53	
 	Section 23.6.	Counterparts	53	
 	Section 23.7.	Governing Law	53	
 	Section 23.8.	Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial	54	
 	Section 23.9.	Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency	54	
 	Section 23.10.	Determinations Involving Different Currencies	55	
 	Section 23.11.	Transaction References	55	
 
iii 

 

INFORMATION SCHEDULE — AUTHORIZED OFFICERS	
 	 	 	 	 	
SCHEDULE A	 	—	 	INFORMATION RELATING TO PRUDENTIAL	
 	 	 	 	 	
SCHEDULE B	 	—	 	DEFINED TERMS	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 1	 	—	 	Form of Note	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 2	 	—	 	Form of Request for Purchase	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 3	 	—	 	Form of Confirmation of Acceptance	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 4.4(a)	 	—	 	Matters to be covered by Opinion of U.S. Special Counsel for the Transaction Parties	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 4.4(b)	 	—	 	Matters to be Covered by Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 4.5(b)	 	—	 	Form of Guaranty Agreement	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 4.5(c)	 	—	 	Form of Confirmation of Guaranty Agreement	
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 21	 	—	 	Form of Agreement Regarding Confidentiality	
 	 	 	 	 	
SCHEDULE 5.4	 	—	 	Subsidiaries of the Company and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock	
 	 	 	 	 	
SCHEDULE 10.1	 	—	 	Existing Liens	
 	 	 	 	 	
SCHEDULE 10.3	 	—	 	Existing Indebtedness	
 
i 

 
HILLENBRAND, INC.
One Batesville Boulevard
Batesville, IN  47006
 
$150,000,000 Private Shelf Facility (this “ Agreement ”)
 
December 6, 2012
 
TO PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. ( “PRUDENTIAL” )
 
TO EACH OTHER PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE WHICH BECOMES
  BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT AS HEREINAFTER
  PROVIDED (EACH, A “PURCHASER” AND COLLECTIVELY,
  THE “PURCHASERS” ):
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Hillenbrand, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”) agrees with Prudential and each of the Purchasers as follows:
 
1.                                       AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES.
 
Section 1.1.
 
The Company will authorize the issue and sale of its senior promissory notes (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution thereof pursuant to Section 14) in the aggregate principal amount of up to $150,000,000 (including the equivalent in the Available  Currencies), to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature, in the case of each Note so issued, no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case of each Note so issued, of no more than 12 years after the date of the original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Note so issued, in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to such Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(e), and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto.  The terms “ Note ” and “ Notes ” as used herein shall include each Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Note pursuant to any such provision.  Notes which have (i) the same final maturity, (ii) the same principal prepayment dates, (iii) the same principal prepayment amounts (as a percentage of the original principal amount of each Note), (iv) the same interest rate, (v) the same interest payment periods, (vi) the same currency specification and (vii) the same date of issuance (which, in the case of a Note issued in exchange for another Note, shall be deemed for these purposes the date on which

 
such Note’s ultimate predecessor Note was issued), are herein called a “ Series ” of Notes.  Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule A; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.
 
2.                                       SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.
 
Section 2.1.                                 Shelf Facility and Shelf Notes.
 
(a)                                  Facility .  Prudential is willing to consider, in its sole discretion and within limits which may be authorized for purchase by Prudential Affiliates from time to time, the purchase of Notes pursuant to this Agreement.  The willingness of Prudential to consider such purchase of Notes is herein called the “ Facility ”.  At any time, the aggregate principal amount of Notes stated in Section 1.1, minus the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement prior to such time, minus the aggregate principal amount of Accepted Notes (as hereinafter defined) which have not yet been purchased and sold hereunder prior to such time, is herein called the “ Available Facility Amount ” at such time.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, all aggregate principal amounts of Notes and Accepted Notes shall be calculated in Dollars; with respect to any Notes denominated or Accepted Notes to be denominated in any Available Currency other than Dollars, the Dollar Equivalent of such Notes or Accepted Notes shall be used for such calculation. NOTWITHSTANDING THE WILLINGNESS OF PRUDENTIAL TO CONSIDER PURCHASES OF NOTES BY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATES, THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO ON THE EXPRESS UNDERSTANDING THAT NEITHER PRUDENTIAL NOR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO MAKE OR ACCEPT OFFERS TO PURCHASE NOTES, OR TO QUOTE RATES, SPREADS OR OTHER TERMS WITH RESPECT TO SPECIFIC PURCHASES OF NOTES, AND THE FACILITY SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY PRUDENTIAL OR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE .
 
(b)                                  Issuance Period .  Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if such anniversary date is not a New York Business Day, the New York Business Day next preceding such anniversary) and (ii) the thirtieth day after Prudential shall have given to the Company, or the Company shall have given to Prudential, a written notice stating that it elects to terminate the issuance and sale of Notes pursuant to this Agreement (or if such thirtieth day is not a New York Business Day, the New York Business Day next preceding such thirtieth day).  The period during which Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement is herein called the “ Issuance Period ”.
 
(c)                                   Request for Purchase .  The Company may from time to time during the Issuance Period make requests for purchases of Notes (each such request being herein called a “ Request for Purchase ”).  Each Request for Purchase shall be made to Prudential by telecopier or overnight delivery service, and shall (i) specify the currency (which shall be an Available Currency) of the Notes covered thereby, (ii) specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes covered thereby, which shall not be less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another Available Currency) and not be greater than the Available Facility Amount at the time such Request for
 
2 

 
Purchase is made, (iii) specify the principal amounts, final maturities, principal prepayment dates and amounts and interest payment periods (quarterly or semi-annually in arrears) of the Notes covered thereby, (iv) specify the use of proceeds of such Notes, (v) specify the proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Notes, which shall be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than 10 days and not more than 42 days after the making of such Request for Purchase, (vi) specify the number of the account and the name and address of the depository institution to which the purchase prices of such Notes are to be transferred on the Closing Day for such purchase and sale, (vii) certify that the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 are true on and as of the date of such Request for Purchase and that there exists on the date of such Request for Purchase no Event of Default or Default, and (viii) be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto.  Each Request for Purchase shall be in writing signed by the Company and shall be deemed made when received by Prudential.
 
(d)                                  Rate Quotes .  Not later than five Business Days after the Company shall have given Prudential a Request for Purchase pursuant to Section 2.2(c), Prudential may, but shall be under no obligation to, provide to the Company by telephone or telecopier, in each case between 9:30 A.M. and 1:30 P.M. New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential may elect) interest rate quotes for the several currencies, principal amounts, maturities, principal prepayment schedules, and interest payment periods of Notes specified in such Request for Purchase (each such interest rate quote provided in response to a Request for Purchase herein called a “ Quotation ”).  Each Quotation shall represent the interest rate per annum payable on the outstanding principal balance of such Notes at which Prudential or a Prudential Affiliate would be willing to purchase such Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof.
 
(e)                                   Acceptance . Within the Acceptance Window, an Authorized Officer of the Company may, subject to Section 2.1(f), elect to accept on behalf of the Company the Quotation provided in response to the related Request for Purchase as to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in the related Request for Purchase (each such Note being herein called an “ Accepted Note ” and such acceptance being herein called an “ Acceptance ”).  The day the Company notifies Prudential of an Acceptance with respect to such Accepted Notes is herein called the “ Acceptance Day ” for such Accepted Notes.  Any Quotation as to which Prudential does not receive an Acceptance within the Acceptance Window shall expire, and no purchase or sale of Notes hereunder shall be made based on any such expired Quotation.  Subject to Section 2.1(f) and the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to sell to a Prudential Affiliate, and Prudential agrees to cause the purchase by a Prudential Affiliate of, such Accepted Notes at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, which purchase price shall be paid in the currency in which such Notes are denominated. As soon as practicable following the Acceptance Day, the Company, Prudential and each Prudential Affiliate which is to purchase any such Accepted Notes will execute a confirmation of such Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 attached hereto (herein called a “ Confirmation of Acceptance ”).  If the Company should fail to execute and return to Prudential within three Business Days following the Company’s receipt thereof a Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes, Prudential may at its election at any time prior to Prudential’s receipt thereof cancel the closing with respect to such Accepted Notes by so notifying the Company in writing.
 
(f)                                    Market Disruption .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1(e), any Quotation provided pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall expire if prior to the time an Acceptance
 
3 

 
with respect to such Quotation shall have been notified to Prudential in accordance with Section 2.1(e): (i) in the case of any Notes, the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives, or (ii) in the case of Notes to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the markets for the relevant government securities (which in the case of the Euro, shall be the German Bund) or the spot and forward currency market, the financial futures market or the interest rate swap market shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading. No purchase or sale of Notes hereunder shall be made based on such expired Quotation.  If the Company thereafter notifies Prudential of the Acceptance of any such Quotation, such Acceptance shall be ineffective for all purposes of this Agreement, and Prudential shall promptly notify the Company that the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) are applicable with respect to such Acceptance.
 
(g)                                   Fees.
 
(i)                                      Structuring Fee.   In consideration for the time, effort and expense involved in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, the Company will pay to Prudential in immediately available funds fees (herein called the “Structuring Fees” ), as follows:  (A) a non-refundable, fully earned, Structuring Fee in the amount of $25,000 on the date of this Agreement, and (B) a further Structuring Fee in the amount of $25,000 (the “Second Structuring Fee Installment” ) on June 6, 2013 (the “Six-Month Anniversary Date” );  provided that if Notes in an aggregate principal amount of at least $50,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of Notes denominated in any Available Currency other than Dollars), are issued on or before the Six-Month Anniversary Date, then payment of the Second Structuring Fee Installment is waived.
 
(ii)                                   Issuance Fee.   The Company will pay to each Purchaser in immediately available funds a fee (herein called the “Issuance Fee” ) on each Closing Day in an amount equal to 0.10% of the Dollar equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to such Purchaser on such Closing Day.  Such fee shall be payable in Dollars.
 
(iii)                                Delayed Delivery Fee .  If the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note is delayed for any reason beyond the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note (other than as provided in Section 2.1(g)(v)), the Company will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note on the Cancellation Date or Rescheduled Closing Day (as defined in Section 3.3) of such purchase and sale, an amount (herein called the “ Delayed Delivery Fee ”) equal to:
 
(A)                                in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in Dollars, the product of (1) the amount determined by Prudential to be the amount by which the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note exceeds the investment rate per annum on an alternative highest quality commercial paper Dollar investment selected by Prudential and having a maturity date or dates the same as, or approximately the same as, the Rescheduled Closing Day from time to time
 
4 

 
fixed for the delayed delivery of such Accepted Note, (2) the principal amount of such Accepted Note, and (3) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of payment of the Delayed Delivery Fee, and the denominator of which is 360; and
 
(B)                                in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the sum of (1) the product of (x) the amount by which the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note exceeds the arithmetic average of the Overnight Interest Rates on each day from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note, (y) the principal amount of such Accepted Note, and (z) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of payment of the Delayed Delivery Fee, and the denominator of which is 360 (in case of any Accepted Note denominated in other than British Pounds or Canadian Dollars) or 365 (in the case of any Accepted Note denominated in British Pounds or Canadian Dollars) and (2) the costs and expenses (if any) incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates with respect to any interest rate or currency exchange agreement entered into by such Purchaser or any such affiliate in connection with the delayed closing of such Accepted Notes.
 
In no case shall the Delayed Delivery Fee, if applicable, be less than zero.  The Delayed Delivery Fee described in clause (B) above shall be paid in the currency in which the Accepted Notes are denominated. Nothing contained herein shall obligate any Purchaser to purchase any Accepted Note on any day other than the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, as the same may be rescheduled from time to time in compliance with Section 3.2.
 
(iv)                               Cancellation Fee .  If the Company at any time notifies Prudential in writing that the Company is canceling the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note, or if Prudential notifies the Company of Accepted Note in writing under the circumstances set forth in the last sentence of Section 2.1(e) or the penultimate sentence of Section 3.2 that the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is to be canceled, or if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is not consummated on or prior to the last day of the Issuance Period (the date of any such notification, or the last day of the Issuance Period, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Cancellation Date ”), the Company will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note no later than one day after the Cancellation Date in immediately available funds an amount (the “ Cancellation Fee ”) equal to:
 
(A)                                the product of (1) the principal amount of such Accepted Note and (2) the quotient (expressed in decimals) obtained by dividing (y) the excess of the ask price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Cancellation Date over the bid price (as determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Acceptance Day for such Accepted Note by (z) such bid price, with the foregoing bid and ask prices as reported on the Bridge\Telerate Service, or if such information ceases to be available on the Bridge\Telerate
 
5 

 
Service, any publicly available source of such market data selected by Prudential, and rounded to the second decimal place; and
 
(B)                                in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the aggregate of all unwinding costs incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates on positions executed by or on behalf of such Purchaser or such affiliates in connection with the proposed lending in such currency and setting the coupon in such currency, including replacement positions entered into for purposes of achieving short form hedge account treatment under FAS133, provided , however , that any gain realized upon the unwinding of any such positions shall be offset against any such unwinding costs.  Such positions include (without limitation) currency and interest rate swaps, futures and forwards, government bond (including U.S. Treasury bond) hedges and currency exchange contracts, all of which may be subject to substantial price volatility.  Such costs may also include (without limitation) losses incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates.  All unwinding costs incurred by such Purchaser shall be determined by Prudential or its affiliate in accordance with generally accepted financial practice.
 
In no case shall the Cancellation Fee, if applicable, be less than zero.
 
(v)                                  Invalidation of Delayed Delivery Fee and Cancellation Fee . If all conditions to a closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note set forth in Section 4 hereof have been satisfied on the original Closing Day for any Accepted Notes (other than Section 4.6, unless the Company shall have failed to comply with the request of any Purchaser pursuant to the last sentence of such Section, and other than Section 4.4(b), unless the Company shall have failed to comply with any reasonable request of the Purchasers or their special counsel to provide information necessary for the Purchaser’s special counsel to deliver the opinion required by such Section 4.4(b)) and a Purchaser fails to purchase such Accepted Notes, then the Company shall have no obligation to pay any Delayed Delivery Fee or Cancellation Fee that might have otherwise been applicable.
 
3.                                       CLOSING.
 
Section 3.1.                                 Facility Closings .  Not later than 11:30 A.M. (New York City local time) on the Closing Day for any Accepted Notes, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser listed in the Confirmation of Acceptance relating thereto at the offices of Prudential Capital Group, Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention:  Law Department or at such other place pursuant to the directions of Prudential, the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of one or more Notes in authorized denominations as such Purchaser may request for each Series of Accepted Notes to be purchased on the Closing Day, dated the Closing Day and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Company’s account specified in the Request for Purchase of such Notes.
 
6 

 
Section 3.2.                                 Rescheduled Facility Closings.   If the Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the scheduled Closing Day for such Accepted Notes as provided above in Section 3.1, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled by the time required on such scheduled Closing Day, the Company shall, prior to 1:00 P.M., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day notify Prudential (which notification shall be deemed received by each Purchaser) in writing whether (i) such closing is to be rescheduled (such rescheduled date to be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than one Business Day and not more than 10 Business Days after such scheduled Closing Day (the “ Rescheduled Closing Day ”)) and certify to Prudential (which certification shall be for the benefit of each Purchaser) that the Company reasonably believes that it will be able to comply with the conditions set forth in Section 4 on such Rescheduled Closing Day and that the Company will pay the Delayed Delivery Fee in accordance with Section 2.1(g)(iii) or (ii) such closing is to be canceled.  If a Rescheduled Closing Day is established in respect of Notes denominated in a currency other than Dollars, such Notes shall have the same maturity date, principal prepayment dates and amounts and interest payment dates as originally scheduled.  In the event that the Company shall fail to give such notice referred to in the second preceding sentence, Prudential (on behalf of each Purchaser) may at its election, at any time after 1:00 P.M., New York City local time, on such scheduled Closing Day, notify the Company in writing that such closing is to be canceled.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in this Agreement, the Company may not elect to reschedule a closing with respect to any given Accepted Notes on more than one occasion, unless Prudential shall have otherwise consented in writing.
 
4.                                       CONDITIONS.
 
Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing for such Notes is subject to the fulfillment, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:
 
Section 4.1.                                 Representations and Warranties.
 
The representations and warranties of the Company and each other Transaction Party in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document shall be correct on the date of this Agreement and at the time of the applicable Closing Day (except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions herein contemplated).
 
Section 4.2.                                 Performance; No Default.
 
The Company and each other Transaction Party shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at such Closing and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14).
 
7 

 
Section 4.3.                                 Compliance Certificates.
 
(a)                                  Officer’s Certificates .  The Company and each other Transaction Party delivering any Transaction Document for such Closing shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.
 
(b)                                  Secretary’s Certificates .  The Company and each other Transaction Party delivering any Transaction Document for such Closing shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of such Closing, certifying as to (i) its attached formation document, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of its formation, (ii) its attached by-laws or operating agreement, (iii) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Document being delivered for such Closing, (iv) an attached certificate of good standing as of a recent date, (v) the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers executing this Agreement, such Notes and such other Transaction Documents and (vi) such other matters relating to the execution, delivery and approval of this Agreement, such Notes and other Transaction Documents as such Purchasers shall reasonably request; provided, however, if none of the matters described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) certified by the Company or any other Transaction Party in a certificate previously delivered pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) have changed (and, in the case of the resolutions referred to in clause (iii), such resolutions authorize the execution, delivery and performance of such Notes and other Transaction Documents) then the Company or such Transaction Party may, in lieu of certifying to such matters, certify that there have been no changes to such matters as certified by the Company or such other Transaction Party in such prior certificate.
 
Section 4.4.                                 Opinions of Counsel.
 
Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from such law firms reasonably acceptable to Prudential, as U.S. counsel for the Transaction Parties covering the matters set forth in Exhibits 4.4(a) and covering such matters as such Purchaser may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Purchasers) and (b) from Schiff Hardin LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.
 
Section 4.5.                                 Guaranty Agreements and Confirmations.
 
(a)                                  On the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes, the Company shall have delivered to Prudential a certificate, dated the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes, providing a complete and accurate list of each Domestic Subsidiary which is a borrower or co-borrower under the Primary Credit Facility as of the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes and each Subsidiary which is liable under a Guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary under the Primary Credit Facility as of the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes.
 
8 

 
(b)                                  Each Domestic Subsidiary which is a borrower or co-borrower under the Primary Credit Facility as of the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes, and each Subsidiary which is liable under a Guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary under the Primary Credit Facility as of the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes, shall have delivered to Prudential a Guaranty Agreement in the form of Exhibit 4.5(b) hereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Guaranty Agreement” ).
 
(c)                                   On each Closing Day after the date of the Closing of the initial Series of Notes, each Guarantor which is a party to a Guaranty Agreement shall have delivered to such Purchaser a Confirmation of Guaranty Agreement, dated such Closing Day, in the form of Exhibit 4.5(c) attached hereto (each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, a “Confirmation of Guaranty Agreement” ) and each other Person which is required to execute a Guaranty Agreement with respect to such Notes pursuant to Section 9.8 shall have executed and delivered such Guaranty Agreement.
 
Section 4.6.                                 Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.
 
On the date of each Closing, each Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax (excluding taxes on the revenue and net income of such Purchaser), penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof.  If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
 
Section 4.7.                                 Payment of Fees.
 
(a)                                  Without limiting the provisions of Section 16.1, the Company shall have paid to Prudential and each Purchaser on or before such Closing any fees due it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including any Structuring Fee due pursuant to Section 2.1(g)(i), any Issuance Fee due pursuant to Section 2.1(g)(ii) and any Delayed Delivery Fee due pursuant to Section 2.1(g)(iii).
 
(b)                                  Without limiting the provisions of Section 16.1, the Company shall have paid on or before such Closing the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ one special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least three Business Days prior to such Closing.
 
9 

 
Section 4.8.                                 Private Placement Number.
 
A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for such Notes.
 
5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.
 
The Company for itself on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:
 
Section 5.1.                                 Organization; Power and Authority.
 
The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and, where legally applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.
 
Section 5.2.                                 Authorization, Etc.
 
This Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Transaction Parties party thereto, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note and each other Transaction Document delivered to the Purchasers will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transaction Parties party thereto enforceable against the Transaction Parties party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
Section 5.3.                                 Disclosure.
 
This Agreement and the documents, certificates or other writings (including the financial statements described in Section 5.5 and the financial statements provided pursuant to the terms hereof) delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Transaction Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (this Agreement and such documents, certificates or other writings and financial statements delivered to each Purchaser in connection with entering into this Agreement (in the case of the making of this representation upon the signing of this Agreement), or delivered to such Purchaser in connection with this Agreement or such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes prior to the day the Quotation for any Series of Notes was provided by Prudential (in the case of the making of this representation in connection with the issuance of such Series of Notes) being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
 
10 

 
state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.  Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since September 30, 2011, in the case of the making of this representation at the time of the signing of this Agreement, and since the end of the most recent fiscal year for which audited financial statements have been furnished  prior to the time Prudential provided the Quotation to the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Series of Notes for which this representation is being made, in the case of the making of this representation in connection with the Request for Purchase with respect to such Series of Notes and the issuance of such Series of Notes, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except changes that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 5.4.                                 Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates .
 
(a)                                  Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and each other Subsidiary, (ii) of the Company’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) of the Company’s directors and senior officers, in each case as of the date of this Agreement.  As of the date of this Agreement, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.4, no Subsidiary is liable under a Guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary under the Primary Credit Facility and no Domestic Subsidiary is a borrower or co-borrower under the Primary Credit Facility.
 
(b)                                  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien (except as otherwise disclosed in Schedule 5.4).
 
(c)                                   Each Subsidiary is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where legally applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform the provisions thereof.
 
Section 5.5.                                 Financial Statements.
 
The Company has delivered to each Purchaser of any Accepted Notes the following financial statements of the Company: (a) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at September 30 in each of the three fiscal years of the Company most recently completed prior to the date as of which this representation is made or repeated to such Purchaser (other than fiscal years completed within 100 days prior to such date for which audited
 
11 

 
financial statements have not been released) and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each such year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and (b) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the quarterly period (if any) most recently completed prior to such date and after the end of such fiscal year (other than quarterly periods completed within 55 days prior to such date for which financial statements have not been released) and the comparable quarterly period in the preceding fiscal year and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for the periods from the beginning of the fiscal years in which such quarterly periods are included to the end of such quarterly periods, prepared by the Company.  All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods indicated and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments).
 
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.5 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the Company gives notice to Prudential and each Purchaser that such documents are (i) posted and the Company provides a link thereto on http://www.hillenbrand.com; or (ii) posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Purchasers have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by Prudential).
 
Section 5.6.                                 No Conflicts; Compliance with Laws.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the other Transaction Parties of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents will not (a) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which any of their respective properties may be affected, except for such violation which, individually and in the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) violate the charter, by-laws or other organization documents of the Transaction Parties, (c) violate any applicable material law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority or (d) result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
Section 5.7.                                 Governmental Authorizations, Etc.
 
No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company or any other Transaction Party of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Transaction Documents to which the Company or such Transaction Party is a party, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.
 
Section 5.8.                                 Litigation.
 
(a)                                  There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or
 
12 

 
any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(b)                                  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) is party to any administrative or judicial proceeding relating to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any facts or conditions that are reasonably expected to give rise to any Environmental Liability.
 
Section 5.9.                                 Taxes.
 
The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all income tax returns and all other tax returns that are required to have been filed in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except, in each case, (i) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.
 
Section 5.10.                          Title to Property.
 
The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business).
 
Section 5.11.                          Licenses, Permits, Etc.
 
(a)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.
 
(b)                                  To the best knowledge of the Company, no product of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes in any material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.
 
13 

 
(c)                                   To the best knowledge of the Company, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Section 5.12.                          Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans.
 
(a)                                  The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3 of ERISA), and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code, other than such liabilities or Liens as would not be individually or in the aggregate Material.
 
(b)                                  The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans) that is subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA, determined as of the last day of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.  The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan that is funded, determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with GAAP, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.
 
(c)                                   The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred (i) withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate are Material or (ii) any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non-U.S. Plan.
 
(d)                                  The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal year in accordance with ACS 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries did not exceed $11,000,000.  The pension obligation for the nonqualified U.S. pension plan under GAAP did not exceed $30,000,000.
 
(e)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code.  The representation by the Company
 
14 

 
to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(e) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
 
(f)                                    All Non-U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non-U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 5.13.                          Private Offering by the Company.
 
Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment.  Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.
 
Section 5.14.                          Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.
 
The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of such Notes as set forth in the applicable Request for Purchase.  None of the proceeds of the sale of any Notes will be used to finance a Hostile Tender Offer.  No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220).  Margin stock (excluding Treasury Stock) does not constitute more than 25% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock (excluding Treasury Stock) will constitute more than 25% of the value of such assets.  As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.
 
Section 5.15.                          Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens.
 
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has outstanding any Indebtedness except as permitted by Section 10.3.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists on the date of this Agreement (with respect to the making of this representation at the time of the signing of this Agreement) or on the Closing Day with respect to the issuance of any Notes (in the case of
 
15 

 
the making of this representation on such Closing Day) with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary the outstanding principal amount of which (a) individually exceeds $10,000,000, or (b) in the aggregate exceeds $40,000,000 that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment (other than (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ii) any Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a refinancing thereof permitted by Section 10.1, (iii) any reimbursement obligation in respect of a letter of credit as a result of a drawing thereunder by a beneficiary thereunder in accordance with its terms, (iv) any such Indebtedness that is mandatorily prepayable prior to the scheduled maturity thereof with the proceeds of the issuance of capital stock, the incurrence of other Indebtedness or the sale or other disposition of any assets, and (v) any redemption, conversion or settlement of any such Indebtedness that is convertible into Equity Interests (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in lieu of such Equity Interests in an amount determined by reference to the price of the common stock of the Company at the time of such conversion or settlement) in the Company pursuant to its terms unless such redemption, conversion or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of a type that constitutes an Event of Default, so long as, in any case described in clauses (i) through (v), the Company is not in default with respect to its obligations to make payment of such Indebtedness or reimbursement obligation when due (within any applicable grace period) and such event shall not have otherwise resulted in an event of default with respect to such Indebtedness, or reimbursement obligation).
 
Section 5.16.                          Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.
 
(a)                                  Neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity is (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of Treasury ( “OFAC” ) (an “OFAC Listed Person” ) or (ii) a department, agency or instrumentality of, or is otherwise controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, (x) any OFAC Listed Person or (y) any Person, entity, organization, foreign country or regime that is subject to any OFAC Sanctions Program (each OFAC Listed Person and each other Person, entity, organization and government of a country described in clause (ii), a “Blocked Person” ).
 
(b)                                  No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used, directly by the Company or indirectly through any Controlled Entity, in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person.
 
(c)                                   To the Company’s actual knowledge after making due inquiry, neither the Company nor any Controlled Entity (i) is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for, or has been charged  with, or convicted of, money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes under any applicable law (collectively, “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” ), (ii) has been assessed civil penalties under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or (iii) has had any of its funds seized or forfeited in an action under any Anti- Money Laundering Laws.
 
16 

 
(d)                                  No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any improper payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practice Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable law.
 
Section 5.17.                          Status under Certain Statutes.
 
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.
 
Section 5.18.                          Environmental Matters.
 
(a)                                  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(b)                                  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which are reasonably likely to give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(c)                                   Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or, to the knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them and has not disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any manner that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
(d)                                  All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.
 
Section 6.1.                                 Purchase for Investment.
 
Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes purchased by it hereunder for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control.  Each Purchaser understands that the Notes
 
17 

 
have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.
 
Section 6.2.                                 Source of Funds.
 
Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source” ) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by it hereunder:
 
(a)                                  the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or
 
(b)                                  the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
 
(c)                                   the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
 
(d)                                  the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM
 
18 

 
Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company of such Notes in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or
 
(e)                                   the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Section I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company of such Notes and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company of such Notes in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or
 
(f)                                    the Source is a governmental plan; or
 
(g)                                   the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or
 
(h)                                  the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
 
As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.
 
Section 6.3                                    Each Purchaser further represents and warrants that such Purchaser (a) will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Notes or any interest therein except in a transaction exempt from or not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (b) was given the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering and to obtain any additional information which the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense. Each Purchaser acknowledges that the Notes will bear a restrictive legend in the form set forth on the form of Note attached as Exhibit 1 to the Private Shelf Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Section 6.3 shall limit the ability of any Purchaser to rely upon the representations and warranties of the Transaction Parties in the Transaction Documents without additional inquiry or investigation.
 
19 

 
Section 6.4                                    Each Purchaser represents that it is an Institutional Accredited Investor acting for its own account (and not for the account of others) or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others are also Institutional Accredited Investors).
 
Section 6.5                                    The purchase of Notes by such Purchaser has not been solicited by or through anyone other than the Company, its agents or representatives, Prudential, or a holder of a Note.
 
7.                                       [RESERVED].
 
8.                                       PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.
 
Section 8.1.                                 Required Prepayments of the N otes .  Each Series of Notes shall be subject to required prepayments, if any, set forth in the Notes of such Series.
 
Section 8.2.                                 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount.
 
The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, any Series of Notes (in the case of each partial prepayment, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in the case of Notes denominated in Dollars, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of €1,000,000 and in integral multiples of €500,000 in the case of Notes denominated in Euros, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of ₤1,000,000 and in integral multiples of ₤500,000 in the case of Notes denominated in British Pounds, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of C$1,000,000 and in integral multiples of C$500,000 in the case of Notes denominated in Canadian Dollars, and in a minimum aggregate principal amount of FR1,000,000 and in integral multiples of FR500,000 in the case of Notes denominated in Swiss Francs), at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.  The Company will give each holder of any Series of Notes to be prepaid written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 10 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Series of Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.4), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation.  Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of such Series of Notes to be prepaid a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.  Any partial prepayment of the Notes of any Series pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall be applied to the required prepayments and payments of the Notes of such Series under Section 8.1 (including the payment due on the maturity date thereof) in the inverse order of the dates when such prepayments and payments are due.
 
20 

 
Section 8.3.                                 [RESERVED].
 
Section 8.4.                                 Allocation of Partial Prepayments.
 
In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes of such Series at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.
 
Section 8.5.                                 Maturity; Surrender, Etc.
 
In the case of each prepayment of Notes of any Series pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any.  From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue.  Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
 
Section 8.6.                                 Purchase of Notes.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to, purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (i) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (ii) pursuant to a written offer to purchase any outstanding Notes of any Series made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes of such Series at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions.  The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
 
Section 8.7.                                 Make-Whole Amount.
 
The term “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero.  For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
“ Applicable Percentage ” means 0.50% (50 basis points).
 
“ Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1.
 
21 

 
“ Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
 
“ Implied Rate British Pound Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in British Pounds, the yield to maturity implied by ( i ) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated “Page PXUK” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXUK” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for actively traded gilt-edged securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or ( ii ) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields as determined by Recognized British Government Bond Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by ( a ) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and ( b ) interpolating linearly between ( 1 ) the actively traded gilt-edged security with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and ( 2 ) the actively traded gilt-edged security with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.
 
“Implied Rate Canadian Dollar Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in Canadian Dollars, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PXCA” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXCA” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for actively traded benchmark Canadian government bonds having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields for such securities as determined by Recognized Canadian Government Bond Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the actively traded benchmark Canadian government bonds with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the actively traded benchmark Canadian government bonds with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.
 
“ Implied Rate Dollar Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in Dollars, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the
 
22 

 
most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.
 
“ Implied Rate Euro Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any  Note denominated in Euros, the yield to maturity implied by ( i ) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for the benchmark German Bund having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or ( ii ) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields as determined by Recognized German Bund Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by ( a ) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and ( b ) interpolating linearly between ( 1 ) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and ( 2 ) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.
 
“Implied Rate Swiss Franc Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in Swiss Francs, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page O#CHBMK=” on Reuters (or such other display as may replace “Page O#CHBMK=” on Reuters) for the actively traded benchmark Swiss government bonds having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable, the average of the ask-side yields for such securities as determined by Recognized Swiss Government Bond Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the actively traded benchmark Swiss government bonds with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the actively
 
23 

 
traded benchmark Swiss government bonds with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.
 
“Recognized British Government Bond Market Makers” means two internationally recognized dealers of gilt edged securities reasonably selected by Prudential.
 
“Recognized Canadian Government Bond Market Makers” shall mean two internationally recognized dealers of Canadian government bonds reasonably selected by Prudential.
 
“Recognized German Bund Market Makers” means two internationally recognized dealers of German Bunds reasonably selected by Prudential.
 
“Recognized Swiss Government Bond Market Makers” means two internationally recognized dealers of Swiss government bonds reasonably selected by Prudential.
 
“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in (i) Dollars, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Dollar Yield, (ii)  Euros, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Euro Yield, (iii)  British Pounds, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate British Pound Yield, (iv) Canadian Dollars, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Canadian Dollar Yield and (v) Swiss Francs, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Swiss Franc Yield.  The Reinvestment Yield will be rounded to that number of decimals as appears in the coupon for the applicable Note.
 
“ Remaining Average Life ”  means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
 
“ Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date; provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or 12.1.
 
“ Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
 
24 

 
9.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
 
The Company covenants that during the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any of the Notes are outstanding:
 
Section 9.1                                    Financial Statements and Other Information.
 
The Company will deliver to Prudential and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
 
(a)                                  within one hundred (100) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, within five (5) days after the date that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for such fiscal year would be required to be filed under the rules and regulations of the SEC, giving effect to any automatic extension available thereunder for the filing of such form), its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
 
(b)                                  within fifty-five (55) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, by the date that the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for such fiscal quarter would be required to be filed under the rules and regulations of the SEC, giving effect to any automatic extension available thereunder for the filing of such form), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Senior Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
 
(c)                                   concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company (i) certifying as to whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 10.9 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 or the Company’s quarterly financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 or September 30, 2012 referred to in Section 5.5 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;
 
25 

 
(d)                                  promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Company to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and
 
(e)                                   promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Company or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as a holder of Notes may reasonably request.
 
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 9.1 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such documents are (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; (ii) posted or the Company provides a link thereto on http://www.hillenbrand.com; or (iii) posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which Prudential and the  holders of Notes have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Company).
 
Section 9.2                                    Notices of Material Events.
 
The Company will furnish to Prudential and each holder of Notes who is an Institutional Investor written notice of the following, promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Company having actual knowledge thereof:
 
(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
 
(b)                                  the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(c)                                   the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
(d)                                  any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Senior Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Company setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.  Information required to be delivered pursuant to clause (b), (c) and (d) of this Section shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly or other periodic reports containing such information is (i) filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, (ii) posted or the Company provides a link thereto on http://www.hillenbrand.com; or (iii) posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which Prudential and the  holders of Notes have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Company).  Information required to
 
26 

 
be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Required Holders.
 
Section 9.3                                    Existence; Conduct of Business.
 
The Company will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done (i) all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and (ii) take, or cause to be taken, all reasonable actions to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, governmental authorizations and intellectual property rights material to the conduct of its business, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted (except, for purposes of this clause (ii), to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect); provided that (x) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, amalgamation, disposition, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 10.4 and (y) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any right, qualification, license, permit, privilege, franchise, governmental authorization, intellectual property right or authority to conduct its business if the Company or such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company, such Subsidiary, or the holders of the Notes.
 
Section 9.4                                    Payment of Tax Obligations.
 
The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 9.5                                    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.
 
The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or with a captive insurance company that is an Affiliate of the Company, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
 
Section 9.6                                    Books and Records; Inspection Rights.
 
The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with applicable law are made of all material financial dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any
 
27 

 
representatives designated by any holder of the Notes that is an Institutional Investor, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and, provided that the Company or such Subsidiary is afforded the opportunity to participate in such discussions, its independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided , however , in no event shall such visitations, inspections or examinations occur more frequently than once per calendar year so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The Company acknowledges that any holder of the Notes, after exercising its rights of inspection, may, subject to Section 21, prepare and distribute to other holders of Notes certain reports pertaining to the Company and its Subsidiaries’ assets for internal use by each holder of the Notes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.6, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making of extracts, or discussion of, any documents, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to a holder of the Notes that is an Institutional Investor (or any designated representative) is then prohibited by law or any agreement binding on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege constitutes attorney work-product.
 
Section 9.7                                    Compliance with Laws.
 
The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including without limitation Environmental Laws), in each case except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 9.8.                                 Subsequent Guarantors.
 
(a)                                  The Company covenants that if at any time after the issuance of the initial Series of Notes any Subsidiary becomes liable under a Guarantee with respect to any Indebtedness under the Primary Credit Facility (other than a Foreign Subsidiary which is solely liable under a Guarantee with respect to Indebtedness owing by one or more other Foreign Subsidiaries under the Primary Credit Facility) or any Domestic Subsidiary becomes a borrower or co-borrower under the Primary Credit Facility, then concurrently therewith the Company will cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the holders of the Notes a joinder to the Guaranty Agreement in the form of the exhibit thereto.
 
(b)                                  Each joinder to the Guaranty Agreement delivered by a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 9.8(a) shall be accompanied by a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Subsidiary certifying such Subsidiary’s charter and by-laws (or comparable governing documents), resolutions of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of such Subsidiary authorizing the execution and delivery of such joinder and incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of such Subsidiary executing such documents, certificates with respect to such Subsidiary of the type described in Section 4.3, a certificate of good standing or comparable certificate for such Subsidiary in its jurisdiction of organization (if
 
28 

 
available), and an opinion of counsel for such Subsidiary with respect to such joinder of the type described in Section 4.4.
 
(d)                                  If at any time any Guarantor ceases to be or is no longer liable under a Guarantee and ceases to be or is no longer a borrower or co-borrower as described in clause (a) in this Section 9.8, and if all of the following conditions are satisfied:  (i) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately before or after the release by Prudential and the holders of the Notes of such Guarantor contemplated below, and (ii) if any fees or other consideration has been given to any party to the Primary Credit Facility to obtain the release of such Guarantor from being liable under any Guarantee or as a borrower or co-borrower, the holders of the Notes shall have received such fees or other consideration in a proportionate amount based upon the relative outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of the Indebtedness outstanding under the Primary Credit Facility with respect to which such Guarantor is liable under a Guarantee or as a borrower or co-borrower, then, upon the request and at the expense of the Company, Prudential and the relevant holders of the Notes shall execute and deliver to such Guarantor a release of its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement.
 
10.                                NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
 
The Company covenants that during the Issuance Period and so long thereafter as any of the Notes are outstanding:
 
Section 10.1.                          Liens.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive income other than:
 
(a)                                  Liens pursuant to any Transaction Document;
 
(b)                                  Liens existing on the date hereof (i) that do not exceed $1,000,000 or (ii) are listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the property covered thereby is not increased and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 10.3(b);
 
(c)                                   Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings in the circumstances, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
 
(d)                                  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings in the circumstances, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;
 
(e)                                   pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation (other than
 
29 

 
any Lien imposed by ERISA) and deposits securing liability insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;
 
(f)                                    deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(g)                                   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property and other minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar encumbrances including the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
 
(h)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(d); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
 
(i)                                      Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(r);
 
(j)                                     statutory rights of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(k)                                  Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary and not created in contemplation thereof;
 
(l)                                      Liens existing on property of a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or acquired by, the Company or any Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation thereof;
 
(m)                              Liens in favor of banks which arise under Article 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in collection and documents relating thereto and the proceeds thereof;
 
(n)                                  judgment Liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11(k) or Liens securing appeal or surety bonds related to such judgments;
 
(o)                                  any interest or title of a landlord, lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate or any Lien affecting solely the interest of the landlord, lessor or sublessor;
 
(p)                                  leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted (i) to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) between or among any of the Transaction Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;
 
(q)                                  purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements, PPSA financing statements or similar filings relating to operating leases of personal
 
30 

 
property entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(r)                                     any interest or title of a licensor under any license or sublicense entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary as a licensee or sublicensee (i) existing on the date hereof or (ii) in the ordinary course of its business;
 
(s)                                    with respect to any real property, immaterial title defects or irregularities that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the use of such real property;
 
(t)                                     Liens on any cash earnest money deposits or other escrow arrangements made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement;
 
(u)                                  Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
 
(v)                                  Liens arising out of sale and leaseback transactions;
 
(w)                                customary rights of first refusal, “tag along” and “drag along” rights, and put and call arrangements under joint venture agreements;
 
(x)                                  Liens on Treasury Stock of the Company;
 
(y)                                  Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments on deposit with or in possession of such bank; and
 
(z)                                   other Liens securing liabilities or assignments of rights to receive income in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (calculated as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements were most recently delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 at any time outstanding; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if, at the time of the creation, incurrence, assumption or initial existence thereof, such Liens were permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (z) notwithstanding a decrease after such time in the basket amount permitted under this clause (z) as a result of a decrease in Consolidated Tangible Assets.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create or suffer to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive income, to secure any obligation under the Primary Credit Facility (other than (i) cash collateral with respect to letters of credit and defaulting lender obligations, (A) in an aggregate amount up to and including $50,000,000 and (B) in an amount in excess of $50 million, if such cash collateral is outstanding for less than 90 days, (ii) in an aggregate amount up to and including $300,000,000 upon the termination of the Primary Credit Facility, cash collateral for letter of credit obligations with respect to letters of credit issued under the Primary Credit Facility that remain outstanding after such termination and
 
31 

 
(iii) set-off rights, in each case provided for under the Primary Credit Facility) unless and until the Notes (and any Guaranty Agreement) shall be concurrently secured equally and ratably with such Primary Credit Facility pursuant to documentation (including an intercreditor agreement) reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.  The allowance of Liens pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) in the foregoing parenthetical shall not prejudice any right of Prudential or any holder of a Note with respect to its reasonable requirements for the provisions of any such intercreditor agreement.
 
Section 10.2                             Acquisitions.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, acquire (in one or a series of transactions) all of the capital stock or equity interests or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, unless (i) immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) if the aggregate amount invested (including assumed debt) is greater than $250,000,000, pro forma consolidated historical financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for the four fiscal quarters most recently ended giving effect to the acquisition of the company or business pursuant to this Section 10.2 are delivered to Prudential and the holders of Notes that are Institutional Investors not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the consummation of any such acquisition or series of acquisitions, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company demonstrating pro forma compliance with Section 10.9 after giving effect to such acquisition or series of acquisitions.
 
Section 10.3                             Indebtedness.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Indebtedness, except:
 
(a)                                  Indebtedness under the Transaction Documents and, subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 9.8 and the last paragraph of this Section 10.3, under the Primary Credit Facility;
 
(b)                                  Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof that (i) is less than $2,000,000 individually or $15,000,000 in the aggregate or (ii) is listed on Schedule 10.3 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;
 
(c)                                   obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Company existing or arising under any Swap Agreement; provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into in the ordinary course of business, and not for purposes of speculation;
 
(d)                                  Indebtedness in respect of capital leases and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided further that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium
 
32 

 
or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; provided that the only property subject to such capital leases and purchase money obligations is the property so acquired;
 
(e)                                   Indebtedness that may be deemed to exist pursuant to surety bonds, appeal bonds, supersedeas bonds or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(f)                                    so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom at the time of incurrence, unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; provided that such Indebtedness is not senior in right of payment to the payment of the Indebtedness arising under this Agreement, the Notes, and the Transaction Documents;
 
(g)                                   Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any of the Company’s other Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with loans or advances; provided that each item of intercompany debt shall be unsecured and such Indebtedness shall only be permitted under this clause (g) to the extent it will be eliminated for purposes of the consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with GAAP;
 
(h)                                  Indebtedness arising as a result of the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments in the course of collection;
 
(i)                                      Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of all or a portion of Hill-Rom Company, Inc.’s interest in the real and personal property described in the Farm Agreement;
 
(j)                                     Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company and by any Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is permitted by this Section 10.3;
 
(k)                                  Indebtedness owed to any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty, liability or other insurance to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, including pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(l)                                      customary contingent indemnification obligations to purchasers in connection with any disposition;
 
(m)                              Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation thereof and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in
 
33 

 
connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;
 
(n)                                  Indebtedness in respect of netting services, cash management obligations, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts and Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;
 
(o)                                  Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price of property acquired and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;
 
(p)                                  Indebtedness incurred in respect of credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards or purchase cards (including so-called “procurement cards” or “P-cards”), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(q)                                  contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligations, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, or similar obligations (other than Guarantees of any Indebtedness for borrowed money) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more acquisitions;
 
(r)                                     other Indebtedness (exclusive of Indebtedness permitted under clauses (a) through (q) above) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (calculated as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements were most recently delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 at any time outstanding; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if, at the time of the creation, incurrence, assumption or initial existence thereof, such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred pursuant to this clause (r) notwithstanding a decrease after such time in the basket amount permitted under this clause (r) as a result of a decrease in Consolidated Tangible Assets.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not permit any Foreign Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness under the Primary Credit Facility to the extent that the aggregate outstanding amount of the Indebtedness of all Foreign Subsidiaries outstanding under the Primary Credit Facility would at any time be in excess of $400,000,000 except to the extent that the amount in excess of $400,000,000 is permitted under clause (r) of this Section 10.3 (and such Indebtedness in excess of $400,000,000 shall not be permitted under clause (a) through (q) of this Section 10.3).
 
34 

 
Section 10.4                             Fundamental Changes.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate or amalgamate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom:
 
(a)                                  any Subsidiary may (i) merge or consolidate with or into the Company, provided that the Company shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (ii) merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is merging or amalgamating with another Subsidiary, the Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person (or the continuing corporation resulting from such amalgamation shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary);
 
(b)                                  any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Company or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;
 
(c)                                   the Company or any Subsidiary may merge (or, in the case of a Subsidiary, amalgamate) with any Person in a transaction that would be an acquisition or a Disposition that is permitted under this Agreement; provided that in the case of an acquisition (i) if the Company is a party to such merger, it shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) if any Guarantor is a party to such merger or amalgamation, such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person (or the continuing corporation resulting from such amalgamation shall be a Guarantor, and shall have executed and delivered to Prudential and the holders of the Notes a confirmation to that effect reasonably satisfactory to Prudential and the Required Holders);
 
(d)                                  the Company may Dispose of its Treasury Stock; and
 
(e)                                   the Company’s Subsidiaries may make Dispositions that, together with all other property of the Company and its Subsidiaries previously Disposed of as permitted by this clause (e) during any fiscal year of the Company, does not exceed an aggregate book value of either (i) ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Total Assets of the Company or (ii) ten percent of Consolidated Revenues of the Company for its most recently ended period of four consecutive  fiscal quarters (calculated, in each case, as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements were most recently delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5, provided that Consolidated Revenues will be calculated for the Company’s most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters on a pro form basis after giving effect to acquisitions and dispositions completed prior to the date of such measurement.
 
35 

 
Section 10.5                             Restricted Payments.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:
 
(a)                                  each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Company and to other Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, such Restricted Payment  may be made to each other owner of capital stock or other equity interests of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis based on their relative ownership interests);
 
(b)                                  the Company and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common equity interests of such Person;
 
(c)                                   the Company and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or other common equity interests or warrants or options to acquire any such shares with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common equity interests;
 
(d)                                  the Company and each Subsidiary may make distributions to current and former employees, officers, or directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) on account of purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries held by such Persons; and
 
(e)                                   the Company may declare and pay cash dividends to its stockholders and purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or warrants, rights or options to acquire any such shares for cash; provided that immediately after giving effect to such proposed action, no Event of Default would exist.
 
Section 10.6                             Change in Nature of Business.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any business if, after giving effect thereto, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, would be substantially different from the business in which the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are presently engaged, provided , however , that the foregoing shall not preclude entry into or acquisition of any business for the manufacturing or distribution of goods (including without limitation machinery and equipment) where it is reasonable for the Company to assume that the core competencies of the Company and its Subsidiaries developed in the conduct of their existing business will add value to such new business.
 
Section 10.7                             Transactions with Affiliates.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that
 
36 

 
this Section 10.7 shall not (i) prohibit any transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 or (ii) apply to reasonable compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to Plans) and indemnification paid or made available to any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for services rendered in that Person’s capacity as an officer, director or employee or the making of any Restricted Payment otherwise permitted by this Agreement, in each case to the extent any such payments are made in accordance with applicable laws. For purposes of this Section 10.7, Affiliate shall not include the Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company.
 
Section 10.8                             Burdensome Agreements.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Contractual Obligation that: limits the ability (a) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Company; (b) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Company under the Transaction Documents or (c) of the Company or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person to secure the obligations of the Transaction Parties under the Transaction Documents, other than, in each case limitations and restrictions:
 
(a)                                  set forth in this Agreement and any other Transaction Document;
 
(b)                                  on subletting or assignment of any leases or licenses of the Company or any Subsidiary or on the assignment of a Contractual Obligation or any rights thereunder or any other customary non-assignment provisions, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(c)                                   set forth in Contractual Obligations for the disposition of assets (including any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets or Subsidiary that is to be sold;
 
(d)                                  set forth in the Farm Agreement, the Airport Access and Use Agreement or the Joint Ownership Agreements;
 
(e)                                   set forth in any Contractual Obligation governing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(b), (d), (f), (j), (m), (o) and (r);
 
(f)                                    with respect to cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) received by Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and assets subject to Liens permitted by Section 10.1(b), (e), (f), (h), (j), (k), (l), (n), (t), (v) and (z);
 
(g)                                   set forth in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements concerning joint ventures and applicable solely to such joint venture; or
 
(h)                                  set forth in any Contractual Obligation relating to an asset being acquired existing at the time of acquisition or a Subsidiary existing at the time such Subsidiary is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or acquired by, the Company or any Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary and, in each case, not in contemplation thereof.
 
37 

 
Section 10.9                             Financial Covenants.
 
(a)                                  Maximum Leverage Ratio .  The Company will not permit the ratio (the “Leverage Ratio” ), determined as of the last day of each of its fiscal quarters ending after June 30, 2012, of (i) Consolidated Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be greater than 3.50 to 1.00.  For purposes of calculations under this Section 10.9(a), Consolidated Indebtedness shall not include 75% of the principal amount of any mandatorily convertible unsecured bonds, debentures, preferred stock or similar instruments in a principal amount not to exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement which are payable in no more than three years (whether by redemption, call option or otherwise) solely in common stock or other common equity interests.
 
(b)                                  Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio .  The Company will not permit the ratio (the “Interest Coverage Ratio” ), determined as of the last day of each of its fiscal quarters ending after June 30, 2012, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be less than 3.50 to 1.00.
 
Section 10.10.                   Terrorism Sanctions Regulations.
 
The Company agrees that it will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become a Blocked Person or (b) have any investments in or engage in any dealings or transactions with any Blocked Person if such investments, dealings or transactions would cause any holder of a Note to be in violation of any laws or regulations that are applicable to such holder.
 
Section 10.11.                   Most Favored Lender Status.
 
(a)                                  If after the date of this Agreement the Company enters into, assumes or otherwise becomes bound or obligated under one or more new Financial Covenants or Sale of Assets Covenants in the Primary Credit Agreement, or if after the date of this Agreement the Company amends any Financial Covenant or Sale of Asset Covenant in the Primary Credit Facility to become more restrictive as to the Company or its Subsidiaries than the Financial Covenants or Sale of Assets Covenant in this Agreement, then the Company will promptly, and in any event within 10 days thereafter, notify the holders of the Notes of such new or amended Financial Covenant or Sale of Asset Covenant and the terms of this Agreement shall, whether or not the Company provides such notice and without any further action on the part of the Company or any of the holders of the Notes, be deemed to be amended automatically to include each new or amended Financial Covenant or Sale of Asset Covenant.  The Company further covenants to promptly execute and deliver at its expense (including without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the holders of the Notes), an amendment to this Agreement to evidence the inclusion of such new or amended Financial Covenant or Sale of Asset Covenant, provided that the execution and delivery of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the
 
38 

 
effectiveness of such amendment as provided for in this Section 10.11(a), but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.
 
(b)                                  If after the time this Agreement is amended pursuant to Section 10.11(a) to include in this Agreement any new or amended Financial Covenant or Sale of Asset Covenant (an “Incorporated Covenant” ), such Incorporated Covenant ceases to be in effect under or is deleted from the Primary Credit Facility or is amended or modified for the purposes of the Primary Credit Facility so as to become less restrictive with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, then, upon the request of the Company, the holders of the Notes will amend this Agreement to delete or similarly amend or modify, as the case may be, such Incorporated Covenant as in effect in this Agreement, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence immediately before or after such deletion, amendment or modification, and (ii) if any fees or other remuneration were paid to any lender under the Primary Credit Facility with respect to causing such Incorporated Covenant to cease to be in effect or be deleted or to be so amended or modified, then the Company shall have paid to the holders of the Notes the same fees or other remuneration on a pro rata basis in proportion to the relative outstanding principal amounts of the Notes and the principal amount of the Indebtedness outstanding under the Primary Credit Facility.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.11(b) as the result of any Incorporated Covenant ceasing to be in effect or being deleted, amended or otherwise modified shall cause any Financial Covenant or Sale of Assets Covenant in this Agreement to be less restrictive as to the Company or its Subsidiaries than such Financial Covenant or Sale of Assets Covenant as contained in this Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and as amended other than as the result of the application of Section 10.11(a) originally caused by such Incorporated Covenant.
 
11.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
 
An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur:
 
(a)                                  the Company shall fail to pay any principal of or any Make-Whole Amount due with respect to any Note, in each case when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
 
(b)                                  the Company shall fail to pay any interest on any Note or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Section 11) payable under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;
 
(c)                                   any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Subsidiary in this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Transaction Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Transaction Document or any
 
39 

 
amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;
 
(d)                                  the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 9.2, 9.3 (with respect to the Company’s existence), or 9.8, in Section 10;
 
(e)                                   the Company or any other Transaction Party, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), the Notes, or any other Transaction Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Prudential or any holder of Notes to the Company;
 
(f)                                    the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, which is not cured within any applicable grace period therefor;
 
(g)                                   any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, and delivery of any applicable required notice, provided in the applicable agreement or instrument under which such Indebtedness was created, the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Material Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ii) any Material Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a refinancing thereof permitted by Section 10.1, (iii) any reimbursement obligation in respect of a letter of credit as a result of a drawing thereunder by a beneficiary thereunder in accordance with its terms, (iv) any such Material Indebtedness that is mandatorily prepayable prior to the scheduled maturity thereof with the proceeds of the issuance of capital stock, the incurrence of other Indebtedness or the sale or other disposition of any assets, so long as such Material Indebtedness that has become due is so prepaid in full with such net proceeds required to be used to prepay such Material Indebtedness when due (or within any applicable grace period) and such event shall not have otherwise resulted in an event of default with respect to such Material Indebtedness, and (v) any redemption, conversion or settlement of any such Material Indebtedness that is convertible into Equity Interests (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in lieu of such Equity Interests in an amount determined by reference to the price of the common stock of the Company at the time of such conversion or settlement) in the Company pursuant to its terms unless such redemption, conversion or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of a type that constitutes an Event of Default;
 
(h)                                  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Company or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets,
 
40 

 
under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect (including, without limitation, any applicable provisions or any corporations legislation) or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
 
(i)                                      the Company or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect (including, without limitation, any applicable provisions or any corporations legislation), (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
 
(j)                                     the Company or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
 
(k)                                  judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and remain undischarged or unpaid and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; provided , however , that any such judgment or order shall not be an Event of Default under this Section 11(k) if and for so long as (i) the amount of such judgment or order is covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance between the defendant and the insurer covering payment thereof and (ii) such insurer, which shall be rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of, and has not disputed the claim made for payment of, the amount of such judgment or order;
 
(l)                                      an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(m)                              a Change in Control shall occur; or
 
(n)                                  any material provision of any Guaranty Agreement for any reason (other than the release of any Guarantor permitted under this Agreement) ceases to be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms (or any Guarantor shall challenge the enforceability of the Guaranty Agreement to which it is a party or shall assert in writing, or engage in any action or inaction based on any such assertion, that any
 
41 

 
provision of the Guaranty Agreement to which it is a party has ceased to be or otherwise is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms).
 
12.                                REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.
 
Section 12.1.                          Acceleration.
 
(a)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(h) or (i) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.
 
(b)                                  If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
 
(c)                                   If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.
 
Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.  The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.
 
Section 12.2.                          Other Remedies.
 
If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or any other Transaction Document, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.
 
Section 12.3.                          Rescission.
 
At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest
 
42 

 
on such Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 18, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes.  No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 12.4.                          No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.
 
No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies.  No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, by any Note or by any other Transaction Document upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.  Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 16, the Company agrees to pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.
 
13.                                [RESERVED]
 
14.                                REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.
 
Section 14.1.                          Registration of Notes.
 
The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes.  The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary.  The Company agrees that it shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.
 
Section 14.2.                          Transfer and Exchange of Notes.
 
Upon surrender of any Note to the Company, at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19) for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other details for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof) within ten Business Days thereafter the
 
43 

 
Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same Series as such surrendered Note in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note.  Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.  Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.  The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes.  Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, in the case of Notes denominated in Dollars, €100,000, in the case of Notes denominated in Euros, ₤100,000, in the case of Notes denominated in British Pounds, C$100,000, in the case of Notes denominated in Canadian Dollars, or FR100,000, in the case of Notes denominated in Swiss Francs, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than the foregoing applicable minimum amount.  Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.
 
Section 14.3.                          Replacement of Notes.
 
Upon receipt by the Company, at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and
 
(a)                                  in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $250,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or
 
(b)                                  in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,
 
within ten Business Days thereafter the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series as such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.
 
15.                                PAYMENTS ON NOTES.
 
Section 15.1.                          Place of Payment.
 
Subject to Section 15.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in (a) with respect to Notes denominated in Dollars, New York, New York, at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction, (b) with respect to Notes denominated in Euros, London, England, at
 
44 

 
the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction, (c) with respect to Notes denominated in British Pounds, London, England, at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.  in such jurisdiction, (d) with respect to Notes denominated in Canadian Dollars, Toronto, Ontario at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction, and (e) with respect to Notes denominated in Swiss Francs, London, England at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in such jurisdiction.  The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note to be paid, change the place of payment of such Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the applicable jurisdiction specified above or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.
 
Section 15.2.                          Home Office Payment.
 
So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 15.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest and all other amounts by the method and at the address specified in such Purchaser’s Confirmation of Acceptance, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 15.1.  Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 14.2.  The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 15.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 15.2.
 
16.                                EXPENSES, ETC.
 
Section 16.1                             Transaction Expenses.
 
Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company agrees to pay (a) all reasonable attorneys’ fees of special counsel (one acting on behalf of all the Purchasers and the holders of the Notes unless there is a conflict preventing one counsel from representing all the Purchasers and such holders) and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local counsel for each applicable jurisdiction (one for each applicable jurisdiction acting on behalf of all Purchasers and the holders of the Notes unless there is a conflict preventing one counsel from representing all the Purchasers and such holders ) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with the transactions described in clauses (b)(i) through (v) below and (b) (i) the other reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of
 
45 

 
the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) if a Default or an Event of Default occurs, the other costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Document; (iii) the other costs and expenses incurred in connection with in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued (A) in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Documents, or (B) by reason of being a holder of any Note; (iv) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes; and (v) the other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO, provided that such costs and expenses under this clause (v) shall not exceed $500 for the initial Series of Notes and $500 for each additional Series of Notes.  The Company agrees to pay, and to save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).
 
Section 16.2.                          Survival.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 16 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Document, and the termination of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
 
17.                                SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
 
All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Party pursuant to this Agreement  shall be deemed representations and warranties of such Transaction Party under this Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Transaction Parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
18.                                AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.
 
Section 18.1.                          Requirements.
 
This Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes or the other Transaction Documents may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the
 
46 

 
Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 3, 4, 5, 6 or 22, or any defined term (as it is used in such section), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, (b) (i) with the written consent of Prudential (and without the consent of any other holder of Notes), the provisions of Section 1 or 2.1 may be amended or waived (except insofar as any such amendment or waiver would affect any rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of Notes which shall have become Accepted Notes prior to such amendment or waiver), and (ii) with the written consent of all of the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of any Series (and not without the written consent of all such Purchasers), any of the provisions of Sections 2.1 and 4 may be amended or waived insofar as such amendment or waiver would affect only rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of the Accepted Notes of such Series or the terms and provisions of such Accepted Notes and (c) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend Section 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 18, 21 or 23.9.
 
Section 18.2.                          Solicitation of Holders of Notes.
 
(a)                                  Solicitation .  The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes, unless such proposed amendment, waiver or consent relates only to a specific Series of Accepted Notes which have not yet been purchased, in which case such information will only be required to be delivered to the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of such Series.  The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 18 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.
 
(b)                                  Payment .  The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Note or any other Transaction Document unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.
 
47 

 
Section 18.3.                          Binding Effect, Etc.
 
Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 18 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Transaction Parties without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between any Transaction Party and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note.  As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
 
Section 18.4.                          Notes Held by the Company, Etc.
 
Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Document, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes or any other Transaction Document to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
 
19.                                NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.
 
All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an overnight commercial delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:
 
(i)                                      if to Prudential, to Prudential at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as Prudential shall have specified to the Company in writing,
 
(ii)                                   if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications by such Purchaser in its Confirmation of Acceptance, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,
 
(iii)                                if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or
 
(iv)                               if to the Company, at the Company’s address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Treasurer, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.
 
Notices under this Section 19 will be deemed given only when actually received.
 
48 

 
Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.
 
This Agreement, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents have been prepared and signed in English and the parties hereto agree that the English version hereof and thereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in any jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 19, any communication pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be made by the method specified for such communication in Section 2.1, and shall be effective to create any rights or obligations under this Agreement only if, in the case of a telephone communication, an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information and of the party receiving the information are parties to the telephone call, and in the case of a telecopier communication, the communication is signed by an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information, addressed to the attention of an Authorized Officer of the party receiving the information, and in fact received at the telecopier terminal the number of which is listed for the party receiving the communication in the Information Schedule or at such other telecopier terminal as the party receiving the information shall have specified in writing to the party sending such information.
 
20.                                REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.
 
This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at any Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 20 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
 
21.                                CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
 
For the purposes of this Section 21, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified
 
49 

 
when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure (otherwise than (to such Purchaser’s knowledge) by reason of any breach of these provisions), (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser (including any breach of these provisions by such Purchaser) or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary and other than (to such Purchaser’s knowledge) by reason of any breach of these provisions or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available.  Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), provided that any such directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates will be notified of the confidentiality requirements set forth in this Section 21, (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 21, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person (x) has executed an Agreement Regarding Confidentially substantially in the form of Exhibit 21 attached hereto prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information, a copy of which will be provided to the Company promptly after the execution thereof by all parties thereto, and (y) is not a Competitor), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company in a private transaction (if such Person (x) has executed an Agreement Regarding Confidentially substantially in the form of Exhibit 21 attached hereto prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information, a copy of which will be provided to the Company promptly after the execution thereof by all parties thereto, and (y) is not a Competitor), (vi) federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser to the extent delivery is required or requested by such regulatory authority, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, (viii) upon notice to the Company prior to the disclosure thereof, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, or in response to any subpoena or other legal process, or (ix)(y) upon notice to the Company, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery or disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in connection with such litigation, or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 21 as though it were a party to this Agreement.  On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to
 
50 

 
such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 21.
 
In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, any Purchaser is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through Intralinks or otherwise) which is different from the terms of this Section 21, the terms of this Section 21 shall, as between such Purchaser and the Company, supersede the terms of any such other confidentiality undertaking.
 
22.                                SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.
 
Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6.  Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser.  In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.
 
23.                                MISCELLANEOUS.
 
Section 23.1.                          Successors and Assigns.
 
All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.
 
Section 23.2.                          Payments Due on Non-Business Days.
 
Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.5 that notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date or any scheduled principal repayment date, of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date or scheduled principal repayment date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the
 
51 

 
additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.
 
Section 23.3.                          Accounting Terms.
 
All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company notifies Prudential and the holders of the Notes that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Prudential or the Required Holders notify the Company that it or they request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision  amended in accordance herewith.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, (x) without giving effect to any election by the Company or any Subsidiary to measure any portion of a financial liability at fair value (as permitted by Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25, formerly known as statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, or any similar accounting standard) and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made and (y) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, net of discounts and premiums and (ii) any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of the date of this Agreement and any similar lease entered into after the date of this Agreement by such Person shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as obligations relating to a capital lease; provided however , that the Company may elect, with notice to Prudential and the holders of the Notes, to treat operating leases as capital leases in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time and, upon such election, and upon any subsequent change to GAAP therefor, the parties will enter into negotiations in good faith in an effort to preserve the original intent of the financial covenants set forth herein (it being understood and agreed that the treatment of operating leases be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement until such election shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith).
 
All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition or disposition, or issuance, incurrence, assumption or repayment of Indebtedness, or other transaction shall in each case be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder to determine whether such acquisition or
 
52 

 
disposition, or issuance, incurrence, assumption or repayment of Indebtedness, or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder, to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period covered by any component of such pro forma computation and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such financial statements, ending with the last fiscal quarter included in the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5), and, to the extent applicable, to the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of (but without giving effect to any synergies or cost savings unless permitted by Article 11 of Regulation S-X) and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, all in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement pertaining to interest rates applicable to such Indebtedness).
 
Section 23.4.                          Severability.
 
Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
Section 23.5.                          Construction, Etc.
 
Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.
 
Section 23.6.                          Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.
 
Section 23.7.                          Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding
 
53 

 
choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
 
Section 23.8.                          Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.
 
(a)                                  The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
 
(b)                                  The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.
 
(c)                                   The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested to the address of the Company specified in Section 19.  The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.  Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.
 
(d)                                  Nothing in this Section 23.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.
 
(e)                                   THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.
 
Section 23.9.                          Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency.
 
Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in the Applicable Currency which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or
 
54 

 
the realization of any security or the liquidation of any Transaction Party, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of such Transaction Party under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Party only to the extent of the amount of the Applicable Currency which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of the Applicable Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Applicable Currency originally due to such holder, the Company agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Transaction Document, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.
 
Section 23.10.                   Determinations Involving Different Currencies.
 
In the event of any determination of the requisite percentage or the principal amount of any Notes of more than one currency, all Notes which are issued in a currency other than Dollars shall, for purposes of determining any such percentage or requisite principal amount, be deemed to have been converted into Dollars at the time that such determination is made at the exchange rate published in the Financial Times one Business Day prior to the date of determination.
 
Section 23.11.                   Transaction References.
 
The Company agrees that Prudential Capital Group may (a) refer to its role in establishing the Facility, as well as the identity of the Company and the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the date on which the Facility was established, on its internet site or in marketing materials, press releases, published “tombstone” announcements or any other print or electronic medium and (b) display the Company’s corporate logo in conjunction with any such reference.
 
*    *    *    *    *
 
55 

 
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.

 	Very truly yours,	

 	HILLENBRAND, INC.	

 	By:	/s/ Ted Haddad	
 
56 

 
This Agreement is hereby acceptedand agreed to as of the date thereof.

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.	

By:	/s/ Jason Boe	 	
 	Vice President	
 
57 

 
PURCHASER SCHEDULE

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	All payments to Prudential shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:	
 	 	 	
 	 	JPMorgan Chase Bank	
 	 	New York, New York	
 	 	ABA No.: 021-000-021	
 	 	Account No.: 304232491	
 	 	Account Name: PIM Inc. - PCG	
 	 	 	
(2)	 	Address for all notices relating to payments:	
 	 	 	
 	 	Prudential Investment Management, Inc.	
 	 	c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America	
 	 	Investment Operations Group	
 	 	Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor	
 	 	100 Mulberry Street	
 	 	Newark, New Jersey 07102-4077	
 	 	 	
 	 	Attention: Manager	
 	 	 	
(3)	 	Address for all other communications and notices:	
 	 	 	
 	 	Prudential Investment Management, Inc.	
 	 	c/o Prudential Capital Group	
 	 	Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600	
 	 	Chicago, Illinois 60601	
 	 	 	
 	 	Attention: Managing Director	
 	 	 	
(4)	 	Recipient of telephonic prepayment notices:	
 	 	 	
 	 	Manager, Trade Management Group	
 	 	Telephone: (973) 367-3141	
 	 	Facsimile: (800) 224-2278	
 	 	 	
(5)	 	Tax Identification No.: 22-2540245	
 
1 

 
INFORMATION SCHEDULE
 
AUTHORIZED OFFICERS FOR PRUDENTIAL

P. Scott von Fischer
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4225
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	Marie L. Fioramonti
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4233
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	
 	 	
Paul G. Price
Managing Director
Central Credit
Prudential Capital Group
Four Gateway Center
100 Mulberry Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102
 
Telephone:  (973) 802-9819
Facsimile:   (973) 802-2333	William S. Engelking
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4214
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	
 	 	
Joshua Shipley
Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4220
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	Dianna Carr
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4224
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	
 	 	
Tan Vu
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-5437
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	James J. McCrane
Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
4 Gateway Center
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4062
 
Telephone:  (973) 802-4222
Facsimile:   (973) 624-6432	
 
1 

 

Charles J. Senner
Director
Prudential Capital Group
4 Gateway Center
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4062

Telephone:  (973) 802-6660
Facsimile:   (973) 624-6432	Anthony Coletta
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4226
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	
 	 	
David Quackenbush
Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois  60601
 
Telephone:  (312) 540-4228
Facsimile:   (312) 540-4222	 	
 	
AUTHORIZED OFFICERS FOR THE COMPANY	
 	 	
Ted Haddad
 Vice President and Treasurer
 Hillenbrand, Inc.
One Batesville Boulevard
Batesville, IN 47006
 
Ph:  812-934-7251
Fax: 812-931-5209	Cynthia L. Lucchese
 Chief Financial Officer
 Hillenbrand, Inc.
One Batesville Boulevard
Batesville, IN 47006
 
Ph:  812-931-5054
Fax: 812-931-5190	
 	 	
John Zerkle
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and
Secretary
One Batesville Boulevard
Batesville, IN 47006
 
Ph.  812-931-3832
Fax: 812-931-1344	 	
 
2 

 
SCHEDULE B
 
DEFINED TERMS
 
As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:
 
“ Acceptance ” is defined in Section 2.1(e).
 
“ Acceptance Day ” is defined in Section 2.1(e).
 
“ Acceptance Window ” means, with respect to any Quotation, the time period designated by Prudential during which the Company may elect to accept such Quotation.  If no such time period is designated by Prudential with respect to any such Quotation, then the Acceptance Window for such Quotation will be 2 minutes after the time Prudential shall have provided such Quotation.
 
“ Accepted Note ” is defined in Section 2.1(e).
 
“ Affiliate ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified and (b) with respect to Prudential, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which Prudential or any Prudential Affiliate acts as investment advisor or portfolio manager.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.
 
“Airport Access and Use Agreement” means that certain Airport Access and Use Agreement dated on or about March 21, 2008 by and between Hill-Rom Company, Inc. (“Hill-Rom”), an Indiana corporation, and Batesville Services, Inc. (“Batesville Services”), an Indiana corporation.
 
“Anti-Money Laundering Laws” is defined in Section 5.16(c).
 
“ Applicable Currency ” means (i) with respect to any Notes denominated in Dollars, Dollars, (ii) with respect to any Notes denominated in Euros, Euros, (iii) with respect to any Notes denominated in British Pounds, British Pounds, (iv) with respect to any Notes denominated in Canadian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, and (v) with respect to any Notes denominated in Swiss Francs, Swiss Francs.
 
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on the balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
 
“ Authorized Officer ” means (i) in the case of the Company, its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer, any other Person authorized to act on behalf of the Company and designated as an “Authorized Officer” in the Information Schedule attached hereto or any
 
B-1 

 
other Person authorized by the Company to act on behalf of the Company and designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Company for the purpose of this Agreement in an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer and delivered to Prudential, and (ii) in the case of Prudential, any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” in the Information Schedule or any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” for the purpose of this Agreement in a certificate executed by one of its Authorized Officers or a lawyer in its law department.  Any action taken under this Agreement on behalf the Company by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of the Company and whom Prudential in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of the Company at the time of such action shall be binding on the Company even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer, and any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of Prudential by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of Prudential and whom the Company in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential at the time of such action shall be binding on Prudential even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential.
 
“ Available Currencies” means Dollars, Euros, British Pounds, Canadian Dollars and Swiss Francs.
 
“ Available Facility Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1(a).
 
“Blocked Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
 
“ British Pound ” and “ £ ” means the lawful currency of Great Britain.
 
“ Business Day ” means (i) other than as provided in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City or with respect to Swiss Francs only, in Zurich, Switzerland, or, with respect to Canadian Dollars only, in Toronto, Canada, or with respect to British Pounds only, in London, England, are authorized or required to be closed or, with respect to Euros only, a day which is not a TARGET Settlement Day, (ii) for purposes of Section 2.1(c) only, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which Prudential is open for business and (iii) for purposes of Section 8.7, (a) if with respect to Notes denominated in Dollars, a New York Business Day, (b) if with respect to Notes denominated in British Pounds, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which commercial banks are not required or authorized to be closed in London, (c) if with respect to Notes denominated in Euros, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a TARGET Settlement Day, (d) if with respect to Notes denominated in Canadian Dollars, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which commercial banks are not required or authorized to be closed in Toronto, Canada, and (e) if with respect to Notes denominated in Swiss Francs, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which commercial banks are not required or authorized to be closed in Zurich, Switzerland.
 
“Canadian Dollar” and “C$” means the lawful currency of Canada.
 
“Cancellation Date” is defined in Section 2.1(g)(iv).
 
B-2 

 
“Cancellation Fee” is defined in Section 2.1(g)(iv).
 
“Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) other than any member or members of the Hillenbrand Family Group, of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Company by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Company nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated.
 
“Closing Day” means, with respect to any Accepted Note, the Business Day specified for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note in the Confirmation of Acceptance for such Accepted Note, provided that (i) if the Company and the Purchaser which is obligated to purchase such Accepted Note agree on an earlier Business Day for such closing, the “ Closing Day ” for such Accepted Note shall be such earlier Business Day, and (ii) if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is rescheduled pursuant to Section 3.2, the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, for all purposes of this Agreement except references to “original Closing Day” in Section 2.1(g)(iii), shall mean the Rescheduled Closing Day with respect to such Accepted Note. A “Closing Day” is sometimes herein referred to as a “Closing” .
 
“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
 
“ Company ” means Hillenbrand, Inc., an Indiana corporation.
 
“Competitor” means any Person (other than any Purchaser or any Person described in clause (c) of the definition of Institutional Investor) who is substantially engaged in any of the principal lines of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, subject to compliance with Section 10.6, provided that the provision of investment advisory services by a Person to a Plan or Non U.S. Plan which is owned or controlled by a Person which would otherwise be a Competitor shall not of itself cause the Person providing such services to be deemed to be a Competitor if such Person has established procedures which will prevent confidential information supplied to such Person by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from being transmitted or otherwise made available to such Plan or Non U.S. Plan or Person owning or controlling such Plan or Non U.S. Plan.
 
“ Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 21.
 
“Confirmation of Acceptance” is defined in Section 2.1(e).
 
“Confirmation of Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 4.5(c).
 
“Consolidated EBITDA” means Consolidated Net Income plus, to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) interest expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense, (v) all non-cash expenses, charges or losses, (vi) extraordinary expenses, charges or losses, (vii) (A) cash expenses, premiums or penalties incurred in connection with any acquisition, any asset sale or
 
B-3 

 
other disposition, any recapitalization, any investment, any issuance of equity interests by the Company or any issuance, incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiaries, the amortization of any deferred financing charges, and/or any refinancing transaction or modification or amendment of any debt instrument (including any transaction undertaken but not completed) and (B) non-recurring or unusual expenses, in an aggregate amount for clauses (A) and (B) not to exceed $20,000,000 during any Reference Period minus, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (1) interest income, (2) income tax benefits (to the extent not netted from tax expense), (3) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (v) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expense, charge or loss were incurred and (4) extraordinary, income or gains, all calculated for the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis.  For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period” ), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.  As used herein, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other Equity Interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other Equity Interests of a Person, that constitutes gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000,000.
 
“Consolidated Indebtedness” means at any time the aggregate Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with reference to any period, the interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period in accordance with GAAP.  In the event that the Company or any Subsidiary shall have completed a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition since the beginning of the relevant period, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined for such period on a pro forma basis as if such acquisition or disposition, and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, had occurred at the beginning of such period.
 
B-4 

 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with reference to any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis (without duplication) for such period.
 
“Consolidated Revenues” means, with reference to any period, total revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination thereof, Consolidated Total Assets minus the Intangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date.
 
“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.
 
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
 
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
 
“Controlled Entity” means any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and any of their or the Company’s respective Controlled Affiliates.
 
“ Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.
 
“ Default Rate ” with respect to any Note, has the meaning given in such Note.
 
“Delayed Delivery Fee” is defined in Section 2.1(g)(iii).
 
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment (excluding any Lien), transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
 
“ Dollars ” or “$” means lawful money of the United States of America.
 
“ Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any Notes or Accepted Notes denominated or to be denominated in any Available Currency other than Dollars (“ Non-Dollar Notes ”), the Dollar equivalent of the principal amount of such Non-Dollar Notes, in each case as set forth in the records of Prudential.
 
B-5 

 
“Domestic Foreign Holdco Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Equity Interests of (and/or receivables or other amounts due from) one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code, so long as such Domestic Subsidiary (i) does not conduct any business or other activities other than the ownership of such Equity Interests and/or receivables and (ii) does not incur, and is not otherwise liable for, any Indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(g)), in each case, other than immaterial assets and activities reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
 
“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America (excluding any possession or territory thereof) other than any Domestic Foreign Holdco Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that owns Equity Interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
 
“ Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, or binding orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions, issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating to pollution or protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources or the management, release or threatened release of or governing exposure to any Hazardous Material.
 
“Environmental Liability” means any liability (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Company or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
“EONIA” means ( i ) the applicable overnight rate calculated by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant Business Day, displayed on the EONIA Screen of Reuters, or such other display as may replace page 247 on the EONIA Screen of Reuters, displaying the appropriate rate or ( ii ) if no such rate is displayed on such EONIA Screen or other display, the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as quoted by Citibank N.A. to leading banks in the European interbank market, at or about 7.00 p.m. Central European time on such day for the offering of deposits in euro for the period from one Business Day to the immediately following Business Day and, in relation to a day that is not a Business Day, EONIA for the immediately preceding Business Day.
 
“ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
 
“ ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business  (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.
 
B-6 

 
“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other similar rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; provided that “Equity Interests” shall not include Indebtedness that is convertible into Equity Interests.
 
“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which any notice period is waived); (b) the failure to satisfy the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any written notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, concerning the imposition upon the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
 
“E uro ” or “ € ” means the unit of single currency of the Participating Member States.
 
“ Event of Default ” is defined in Section 11.
 
“Facility” is defined in Section 2.1(a).
 
“Farm Agreement” means that certain Tenants in Common Agreement dated on or about March 21, 2008 between Hill-Rom Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and BCC JAWACDAH Holdings, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company.
 
“Financial Covenant” means any covenant related to a numerical measure of a balance sheet condition, the results of operations or cash flow, or other financial condition, including, without limitation, any provision involving a measurement of the Company’s leverage, ability to cover expenses, earnings, net income, fixed charges, interest expense, net worth or other component of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, shareholders’ equity, assets or liability (however expressed and whether stated as a ratio, as a fixed threshold, as an event of default or otherwise).
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
 
“ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
 
B-7 

 
“ Governmental Authority ” means
 
(a)           the government of
 
(i)            the United States of America or the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or any State or other political subdivision of either thereof, or
 
(ii)           any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or
 
(b)           any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.
 
“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated or determinable amount of the primary payment obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (b) the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary payment obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of the Guarantee shall be such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably possible liability in respect thereof as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.
 
“Guarantor” means any party to a Guaranty Agreement.
 
“Guaranty Agreement” is defined in Section 4.5(b).
 
“ Hazardous Material ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants and contaminants listed, defined, designated, regulated or classified under applicable Environmental Laws as hazardous, toxic, radioactive, dangerous, a pollutant, a contaminant, petroleum, oil or words of similar meaning or effect, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes.
 
B-8 

 
“ Hedge Treasury Note(s) ” means, with respect to any Accepted Note, the United States Treasury Note or Notes whose duration (as determined by Prudential) most closely matches the duration of such Accepted Note.
 
“Hillenbrand Family Group” means the descendants of John A. Hillenbrand and members of such descendants’ families and trusts for the benefit of such Persons.
 
“ holder ” means, with respect to any Note the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1.
 
“ Hostile Tender Offer ” shall mean, with respect to the use of proceeds of any Note, any offer to purchase, or any purchase of, shares of capital stock of any corporation or equity interests in any other entity, or securities convertible into or representing the beneficial ownership of, or rights to acquire, any such shares or equity interests, if such shares, equity interests, securities or rights are of a class which is publicly traded on any securities exchange or in any over-the-counter market, other than purchases of such shares, equity interests, securities or rights representing less than 5% of the equity interests or beneficial ownership of such corporation or other entity for portfolio investment purposes, and such offer or purchase has not been duly approved by the board of directors of such corporation or the equivalent governing body of such other entity prior to the date on which the Company makes the Request for Purchase of such Note.
 
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, but only to the extent included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business or any earn-out obligations), (d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, (e) all obligations of such Person for unreimbursed payments made under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances and bank guarantees, (f) all obligations in respect of capital leases of such Person, (g) (only for purposes of calculating Consolidated Indebtedness) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Agreement pertaining to interest rates and (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.  For purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation, limited liability company or other limited liability entity) in which such person is a general partner or a joint venture, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.  The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.  The amount of any capital lease as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.
 
B-9 

 
Indebtedness of any Person shall include all obligations of such Person of the character described in clauses (a) through (g) to the extent such Person remains legally liable in respect thereof notwithstanding that any such obligation is deemed to be extinguished under GAAP.
 
“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institutional accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
 
“ Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.
 
“Intangible Assets” means the aggregate amount, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, of all assets classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including, without limitation, customer lists, acquired technology, goodwill, computer software, trademarks, patents, copyrights, organization expenses, franchises, licenses, trade names, brand names, mailing lists, catalogs, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.
 
“Interest Coverage Ratio” is defined in Section 10.9(b).
 
“Issuance Fee” is defined in Section 2.1(g)(ii).
 
“Issuance Period” is defined in Section 2.1(b).
 
“Joint Ownership Agreements” means the four (4) Joint Ownership Agreements with respect to the joint ownership of the aircraft described therein, dated on or about March 21, 2008 by and among Hill-Rom and Batesville Services.
 
“Leverage Ratio” is defined in Section 10.9(a).
 
“ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.
 
“ Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.7.
 
“ Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
“Material Acquisition” is defined in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
 
B-10 

 
“ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Transaction Parties to perform their material obligations under the Transaction Documents or (c) the material rights or remedies of any holder of a Note under the Transaction Documents.
 
“Material Disposition” is defined in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
 
“Material Indebtedness” means, as of any date, Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under the Notes), or the net obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $75,000,000 as of such date.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the net obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
 
“Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary either (i) having (together with its subsidiaries) assets that constitute five percent (5%) or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (b) having (together with its Subsidiaries) revenues that constitute five percent (5%) or more of the Consolidated Revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end any of the three most recently completed fiscal years of the Company.
 
“ Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
 
“ NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.
 
“ New York Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York are required or authorized to be closed.
 
“ Non-U.S. Plan ” means any plan, fund or other similar program that (a) is established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Company or any Subsidiary primarily for the benefit of employees of the Company or one or more Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and (b) is not subject to ERISA or the Code.
 
“ Notes ” is defined in Section 1.1.
 
“OFAC” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
 
“OFAC Listed Person” is defined in Section 5.16(a).
 
B-11 

 
“OFAC Sanctions Program” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing.  A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs/.
 
“ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Company or of any other officer of the Company whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.
 
“ Overnight Interest Rate ” means with respect to an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the actual rate of interest, if any, received by the Purchaser which intends to purchase such Accepted Note on the overnight deposit of the funds intended to be used for the purchase of such Accepted Note, it being understood that reasonable efforts will be made by or on behalf of the Purchaser to make any such deposit in an interest bearing account.
 
“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to economic and monetary union.
 
“ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.
 
“ Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.
 
“ Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.
 
“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act or other personal property security legislation of the applicable Canadian province or provinces in respect of any Transaction Party or any Subsidiary (including the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec) as all such legislation now exists or may from time to time to hereafter be amended, modified, recodified, supplemented or replaced, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.
 
“Primary Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2012, among the Company, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time.
 
“ property ” or “ properties ” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.
 
“Prudential” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.
 
B-12 

 
“Prudential Affiliate” means any Affiliate of Prudential.
 
“ PTE ” is defined in Section 6.2.
 
“ Purchaser ” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.
 
“ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.
 
“ Quotation ” shall have the meaning provided in paragraph 2.1(d).
 
“ Related Fund ” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans, and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.
 
“Request for Purchase” is defined in Section 2.1(c).
 
“ Required Holders ” means, at any time, the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).  At any time that there are no Notes outstanding the “Required Holders” shall mean Prudential.
 
“Rescheduled Closing Day” is defined in Section 3.2.
 
“ Responsible Officer ”  means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.
 
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any sale or other transfer of any property or asset by any Person with the intent to lease such property or asset as lessee.
 
“Sale of Assets Covenant” means any restriction or limitation on the sale, transfer or other disposition of property (however expressed and whether stated as a ratio, a fixed threshold, as an event of default or otherwise).
 
“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
 
B-13 

 
“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
 
“ Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.
 
“Series” is defined in Section 1.1.
 
“ Notes ” is defined in Section 1.1.
 
“Structuring Fees” is defined in Section 2.1(g)(i).
 
“ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, (i) with respect to any financial statements and financial covenant calculations (including the defined terms used therein), any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, and (ii) for all other purposes of the Transaction Documents, a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the equity securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than equity securities or other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned (or, in the case of a Person which is treated as a consolidated subsidiary for accounting purposes, the management of which is otherwise controlled) directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
 
“ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company.
 
“ SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.
 
“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.
 
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in subsection (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements.
 
B-14 

 
“TARGET Settlement Day” means a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system (or any successor thereto) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
 
“Tax” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, compulsory loan, charge or withholding.
 
“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty Agreements.
 
“Transaction Parties” means the Company and the Guarantors.
 
“ Treasury Stock ” means capital stock of the Company owned by the Company and held in treasury.
 
“ USA Patriot Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
 
“ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Subsidiary all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company’s other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries at such time.
 
B-15 

 
EXHIBIT 1
 
[FORM OF NOTE]
 
THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND WITHOUT A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION THEREIN MAY BE MADE EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
HILLENBRAND, INC.
 
[          ]% SERIES        SENIOR NOTE DUE [                      ,          ]

No. [            ]	[Date]	
PPN[                              ]	 	
ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:	 	
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:	 	
INTEREST RATE:	 	
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES:	 	
FINAL MATURITY DATE:	 	
PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENT DATES AND AMOUNTS:	 	
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, HILLENBRAND, INC. (herein called the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Indiana, hereby promises to pay to [                          ] the principal sum of [                                        ] [DOLLARS] [EUROS] [BRITISH  POUNDS] [CANADIAN DOLLARS] [SWISS FRANCS] [on the Final Maturity Date specified above (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid),][, payable on the Principal Prepayment Dates and in the amounts specified above, and on the Final Maturity Date specified above in an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the principal hereof,] with interest (computed on the basis of [a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months] [FOR NOTES DENOMINATED IN DOLLARS, EUROS, OR SWISS FRANCS]  [the actual number of days elapsed and a 365-day year] [FOR NOTES DENOMINATED IN BRITISH POUNDS] [the actual number of days in such year] [FOR NOTES DENOMINATED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS]) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the Interest Rate per annum specified above, payable on each Interest Payment Date specified above and on the Final Maturity Date specified above, commencing with the Interest Payment Date next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum (the “ Default Rate” ) from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 2% over the Interest Rate specified above or (ii) 2% over [FOR DOLLAR, BRITISH POUND DENOMINATED NOTES,

 
CANADIAN DOLLAR OR SWISS FRANCS] [the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate] [FOR EURO DENOMINATED NOTES USE] [EONIA], payable on each Interest Payment Date as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).
 
Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in [lawful money of the [United States of America][United Kingdom][Canada][Switzerland]][the single currency of the European Union] at [          ] or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Private Shelf Agreement referred to below.
 
This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2012 (as from time to time amended, the “Private Shelf Agreement” ), between the Company, on one hand, and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes a party thereto, on the other hand, and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Private Shelf Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Private Shelf Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Private Shelf Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
 
[The Company will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified above and in the Private Shelf Agreement.]  This Note is [also] subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Private Shelf Agreement, but not otherwise.
 
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
 
Any transferee of this Note or any interest therein, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6 of the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
2 

 
The Company shall not be required to register the transfer of any Note to any Person unless the Company receives from the proposed transferee a written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company in which such transferee makes the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 of the Private Shelf Agreement.

 	HILLENBRAND, INC.	
 	 	
 	By:	 	
 	 	[Title]	

3 

 
EXHIBIT 2
 
[FORM OF REQUEST FOR PURCHASE]
 
Hillenbrand, Inc.
 
Reference is made to the Private Shelf Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of December 6,  2012, among Hillenbrand, Inc. (the “Company”), on one hand, and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“Prudential”) and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto, on the other hand.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Agreement.
 
Pursuant to Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement, the undersigned Hillenbrand, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby makes the following Request for Purchase:
 
1.                                       Currency:              [Dollars/Euros/British Pounds/Canadian Dollars/Swiss Francs]
 
2.                                       Aggregate principal amount of
the Notes covered hereby
(the “Notes”)  ...................  [$][₤][€][C$][FR]                      (1)
 
3.                                       Interest Payment Period:  [quarterly or semiannually in arrears]
 
4.                                       Individual specifications of the Notes:

Final
Principal
Amount	 	Prepayment
Maturity
Date	 	Principal
Interest
Dates and
Amounts	 	Payment
Period	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	[          ] in arrears	 	
 
5.                                       Use of proceeds of the Notes:
 
6.                                       Proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes:
 
7.                                       The purchase price of the Notes is to be transferred to:

Name and Address
and ABA Routing
Number of Bank	 	Number of
Account	 	

 	 	 	 	
 
8.                                       The Company certifies that (a) the representations  and warranties contained in Section 5 of the Agreement are true on and as of the date of this Request for

(1) Minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in the Available Currency).

 
Purchase and (b) that there exists on the date of this Request forPurchase no Event of Default or Default.
 
10.                                The Issuance Fee to be paid pursuant to the Agreement will be paid by the Company on the closing date.

Dated:	 	 	[                                                                      ]	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Authorized Officer	
 
2 

 
EXHIBIT 3
 
[FORM OF CONFIRMATION OF ACCEPTANCE]
 
Reference is made to the Private Shelf Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of December 6, 2012 between Hillenbrand, Inc., (the “Company”), on one hand, and, on the other hand, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“Prudential”) and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto.  All terms used herein that are defined in the Agreement have the respective meanings specified in the Agreement.
 
Prudential or the Prudential Affiliate which is named below as a Purchaser of Notes hereby confirms the representations as to such Notes set forth in Section 6 of the Agreement, and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement applicable to the Purchasers or holders of the Notes.
 
Pursuant to Section 2.1(e) of the Agreement, an Acceptance with respect to the following Accepted Notes is hereby confirmed:
 
I.             Accepted Notes:
Aggregate principal amount: [$][Euros][British Pounds][Canadian Dollars][Swiss Francs]                                    
(A)                                (a)                                  Name of Purchaser:
(b)                                  Principal amount:
(c)                                   Final maturity date:
(d)                                  Principal prepayment dates and amounts:
(e)                                   Interest rate:
(f)                                    Interest payment period:   [                ] in arrears
(g)                                   Payment and notice instructions: As set forth on attached Purchaser Schedule
 
(B)                                (a)                                  Name of Purchaser:
(b)                                  Principal amount:
(c)                                   Final maturity date:
(d)                                  Principal prepayment dates and amounts:
(e)                                   Interest rate:
(f)                                    Interest payment period:   [                ] in arrears
(g)                                   Payment and notice instructions: As set forth on attached Purchaser Schedule
 
[ (C), (D)..... same information as above. ]

 
II.            Closing Day:

 	[                                              ]	

 	By:	 	
 	Name:	 	
 	Title:	 	
 	Dated:	 	
 	 	
 	PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Vice President	
 	 	
 	[PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE]	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Vice President	
 	 	
[ATTACH PURCHASER SCHEDULES]	 	
 
2 

 
EXHIBIT 4.4(a)
 
MATTERS TO BE COVERED BY
OPINIONS OF SPECIAL COUNSEL
TO THE TRANSACTION PARTIES
 
The following matters are to be covered in opinions provided by United States, New York and Indiana counsel for the Transaction Parties, allocated between such counsel as appropriate, subject to customary assumptions, limitations and qualifications.  All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
·                   Due organization and valid existence of each Transaction Party
·                   Power and authority of each Transaction Party to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which such Transaction Party is a party and to perform such Transaction Party’s obligations thereunder
·                   Due authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and enforceability of Transaction Documents against the Transaction Parties party thereto
·                   No governmental approvals required in connection with the Transaction Documents
·                   No registration required to issue the Notes under Securities Act of 1933 or Trust Indenture Act of 1939
·                   No conflicts of any Transaction Document with contracts, judgments of governmental authorities or law
·                   No Transaction Party is an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act of 1940
·                   No violation of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, 12 CFR, Part 220, Part 221 and Part 224, respectively

 
EXHIBIT 4.4(b)
 
MATTERS TO BE COVERED IN
OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL
TO THE PURCHASERS
 
The closing opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP, special counsel to the Purchasers, called for by Section 4.4(b) of the Agreement, shall be dated the date of the Closing and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:
 
1.             The Company is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Indiana.
 
2.             Each Transaction Party other than the Company executing and delivering Transaction Documents at such Closing is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company and is in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or formation.
 
3.             The Company and each other Transaction Party executing and delivering Transaction Documents at such Closing has the corporate or limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents being executed or delivered at such Closing.  The execution, delivery and performance thereof by the Company and each such other Transaction Party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of the Company and each such other Transaction Party, as the case may be, and the Agreement and such other Transaction Documents being executed or delivered at such Closing have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each such other Transaction Party.
 
4.             The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents being executed or delivered at such Closing constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and each other Transaction Party thereto enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms.
 
5.             In view of the circumstances surrounding the sale and delivery of the Notes being issued at such Closing and on the basis of the representations made by the Company in Section 5.13 of the Agreement and by you in Section 6.1 of the Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offering, issuance and delivery of such Notes under the circumstance contemplated by the Agreement to register such Notes under the Securities Act or to qualify and indenture in respect of such Notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and now in effect.
 
The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP shall also state that the opinions of counsel to the Transaction Parties being delivered pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Agreement are satisfactory in scope and form to Schiff Hardin LLP and that, in their opinion, the Purchasers are justified in relying thereon.

 
In rendering the opinion set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, Schiff Hardin LLP may rely, as to matters referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, solely upon an examination of certificates of government officials, in each case as of a recent date prior to the date hereof.  The opinions set forth in paragraph 3 above may only cover entities formed in Delaware, Illinois, or New York and in rendering such opinions, Schiff Hardin LLP may rely upon the opinions of counsel to the Transaction Parties being delivered pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Agreement.  The opinion of Schiff Hardin LLP is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States of America.
 
With respect to matters of fact upon which such opinion is based, Schiff Hardin LLP may rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and officers of the Transaction Parties and upon representations of the Transaction Parties and the Purchasers delivered in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes.
 
2 

 
EXHIBIT 4.5(b)
 
[FORM OF]
 
GUARANTY
 
THIS GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”) is made as of [                       ,        ] by and among each of the undersigned (the “ Initial Guarantors ” and along with any additional Subsidiaries of the Company which become parties to this Guaranty by executing a joinder in the form attached as Annex I (a “ Joinder ”), the “ Guarantors ”) in favor of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below).
 
WITNESSETH
 
WHEREAS, Hillenbrand, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), on the one hand, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto, on the other hand, have entered into a certain Private Shelf Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated, and as in effect from time to time, the “ Private Shelf Agreement ”), providing, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for the Company to sell its senior promissory notes from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued in substitution thereof pursuant to Section 14 of the Private Shelf Agreement); and
 
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the purchase of any Notes by the Purchasers under the Private Shelf Agreement that each of the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty, whereby each of the Guarantors shall guarantee the payment when due of all of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below); and
 
WHEREAS, in consideration of the direct and indirect financial and other support that the Company has provided, and such direct and indirect financial and other support as the Company may in the future provide, to the Guarantors, and in order to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Notes, each of the Guarantors is willing to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1.         Definitions .  Terms used herein but not defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings given such terms in the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
SECTION 2.         Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  Each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that:
 
(A)          It is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and has all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, except to the extent that the failure to have such authority would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(B)          It (to the extent applicable) has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of this Guaranty and the performance by each

 
of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by proper proceedings, and this Guaranty constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, respectively, enforceable against such Guarantor, respectively, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
 
(C)          Neither the execution and delivery by such Guarantor of this Guaranty, nor the consummation by such Guarantor of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance by such Guarantor with the provisions hereof will: (a) require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) violate the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Guarantor, (c) violate any applicable material law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (d)  violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by such Guarantor, except for any such violation or right which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (e)  result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of such Guarantor.
 
In addition to the foregoing, subject to Section 25, each of the Guarantors covenants that, from the date such Guarantor becomes a party hereto and so long thereafter as any Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below) shall remain unpaid, it will fully comply with those covenants and agreements of the Company applicable to such Guarantor set forth in the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
SECTION 3.         The Guaranty .  Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the full and punctual payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, or by required or optional prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise) of (i) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, with respect to, interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on, and any other amounts due under the Notes, (ii) all other amounts payable by the Company under the Private Shelf Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (iii) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by the Company of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of the Company contained in the Transaction Documents (all of the foregoing being referred to collectively as the “ Guaranteed Obligations ,” and the holders of the Notes and Prudential being referred to collectively as the “ Holders of Guaranteed Obligations ”).  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under the Private Shelf Agreement, each of the Guarantors agrees that it shall forthwith on demand by the holders entitled thereto pay such amount or perform such obligation at the place and in the manner specified in the Private Shelf Agreement, the Notes, or the relevant Transaction Document, as the case may be.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that this Guaranty is an irrevocable guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection.
 
2 

 
SECTION 4.         Guaranty Unconditional .  The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by, and each Guarantor hereby waives any defenses it may have (now or in the future) by reason of:
 
(A)          (i) any extension, renewal, settlement, indulgence, compromise, waiver or release of the Guaranteed Obligations, any part thereof, any agreement relating thereto (including this Guaranty), or any obligation of any other Guarantor, whether (in any such case) by operation of law or otherwise other than as a result of the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (ii) any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, any part thereof, any agreement relating thereto (including this Guaranty), or any obligation of any other Guarantor;
 
(B)          any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Private Shelf Agreement, the Notes, or any other Transaction Document, including, without limitation, any such amendment which may increase the amount of, or the interest rates applicable to, any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the issuance from time to time of Notes;
 
(C)          any release, surrender, compromise, settlement, waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of (i) any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, (ii) any other guaranties with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or (iii) any other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof;
 
(D)          (i) any change in the corporate, partnership or other existence, structure or ownership of the Company or any Guarantor, (ii) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Company or any Guarantor, or any of their respective assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Company or such Guarantor;
 
(E)           the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which any Guarantor may have at any time against the Company, any other Guarantor, or the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, whether in connection herewith or in connection with any unrelated transactions; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;
 
(F)           (i) the enforceability or validity of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement relating thereto or with respect to any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, (ii) any other invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, for any reason, related to the Private Shelf Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or (iii) any provision of applicable law decree, order or regulation of any jurisdiction purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company or any Guarantor, or otherwise affecting any term of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
3 

 
(G)          the election by, or on behalf of, any one or more of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, in any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code;
 
(H)          the failure of any other Guarantor to sign or become party to this Guaranty or any amendment, change, or reaffirmation hereof; or
 
(I)            any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, any Guarantor or any Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this Section 4, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder except as provided in Section 5.
 
SECTION 5.         Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full:  Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances .  Subject to Section 25, each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash and the Issuance Period shall have terminated or expired (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made).  If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company or any other party under the Private Shelf Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including a payment effected through exercise of a right of setoff) is rescinded, or is or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise (including pursuant to a settlement entered into by a Transaction Party in its discretion), each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.
 
SECTION 6.         General Waivers; Additional Waivers .
 
(A)          General Waivers.  Each of the Guarantors irrevocably waives notice of acceptance hereof, presentment, demand for performance, notice of protest and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Company, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, or this Guaranty (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Guarantor hereunder or under the Transaction Documents).
 
(B)          Additional Waivers.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the Guarantors hereby absolutely, unconditionally, knowingly, and expressly waives:
 
(i)            any right it may have to revoke this Guaranty as to future indebtedness;
 
(ii)           (a) notice of any Notes issued or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Transaction Documents or the creation or existence of any Guaranteed Obligations; (b) notice of the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, subject, however, to each Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations to ascertain the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable
 
4 

 
time; (c) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of the Company or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (d) notice of any Default or Event of Default;
 
(iii)          its right, if any, to require the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations to institute suit against, or to exhaust any rights and remedies which the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations have or may have against, the other Guarantors or any third party; and each Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and paid) of the other Guarantors or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the other Guarantors in respect thereof;
 
(iv)          (a) any rights to assert against the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against the other Guarantors or any other party liable to the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor; and (c) any defense such Guarantor has to performance hereunder, and any right such Guarantor has to be exonerated, arising by reason of:  the impairment or suspension of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations’ rights or remedies against the other Guarantors; the alteration by the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations of the Guaranteed Obligations; any discharge of the other Guarantors’ obligations to the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations by operation of law as a result of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations’ intervention or omission; or the acceptance by the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations of anything in partial satisfaction of the Guaranteed Obligations; and
 
(v)           any defense arising by reason of or deriving from (a) any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations; or (b) any election by the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations under Section 1111(b) of Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect (or any successor statute), to limit the amount of, or any collateral securing, its claim against the Guarantors.
 
SECTION 7.         Subordination of Subrogation; Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness .
 
(A)          Subordination of Subrogation .  Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and finally performed and paid in full in cash, the Guarantors (i) shall have no right of subrogation with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) waive any right to enforce any remedy which the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations now have or may hereafter have against the Company or any Guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (iii) waive any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations to secure the payment or performance of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other liability of the
 
5 

 
Company to the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations.  Should any Guarantor have the right, notwithstanding the foregoing, to exercise its subrogation rights, each Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably (A) subordinates any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations that such Guarantor may have to the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and (B) waives any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full in cash.  Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Guaranty, and that the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 7(A).
 
(B)          Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness .  Each Guarantor agrees that any and all claims of such Guarantor against the Company or any other Guarantor hereunder (each an “ Obligor ”) with respect to any Intercompany Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined) shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full and in cash, of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made); provided that, unless otherwise prohibited as otherwise set forth below, such Guarantor may receive payments of principal and interest from any Obligor with respect to any indebtedness of such Obligor to any Guarantor (“Intercompany Indebtedness”).  Upon acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Private Shelf Agreement, notwithstanding any right of any Guarantor to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Obligor, all rights, liens and security interests of such Guarantor, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any other Obligor shall be and are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations in those assets.  Upon acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Private Shelf Agreement, no Guarantor shall have any right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made) shall have been fully paid and satisfied (in cash) and the Issuance Period have been terminated.  Upon acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Private Shelf Agreement, each Guarantor agrees that until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made) have been paid in full (in cash) and satisfied and the Issuance Period has been terminated, no Guarantor will assign or transfer to any Person (other than the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations) any claim any such Guarantor has or may have against any Obligor.
 
SECTION 8.         Contribution with Respect to Guaranteed Obligations .
 
(A)          To the extent that any Guarantor shall make a payment under this Guaranty (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) which, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Guarantor, exceeds the
 
6 

 
amount which otherwise would have been paid by or attributable to such Guarantor if each Guarantor had paid the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s Allocable Amount (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Guarantors (as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment), then, following payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not then due and payable and as to which no claim has been made) and termination of the Facility, such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.
 
(B)          As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Guarantor shall be equal to the excess of the fair saleable value of the property of such Guarantor over the total liabilities of such Guarantor (including the maximum amount reasonably expected to become due in respect of contingent liabilities, calculated, without duplication, assuming each other Guarantor that is also liable for such contingent liability pays its ratable share thereof), giving effect to all payments made by other Guarantors as of such date in a manner to maximize the amount of such contributions.
 
(C)          This Section 8 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Guarantors, and nothing set forth in this Section 8 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty.
 
(D)          The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Guarantor or Guarantors to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.
 
SECTION 9.         Limitation of Guaranty .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty, the amount guaranteed by each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the extent, if any, required so that its obligations hereunder shall not be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.  In determining the limitations, if any, on the amount of any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder pursuant to the preceding sentence, it is the intention of the parties hereto that any rights of subrogation, indemnification or contribution which such Guarantor may have under this Guaranty, any other agreement or applicable law shall be taken into account.
 
SECTION 10.       Stay of Acceleration .  If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Company under the Private Shelf Agreement, the Notes, or any other Transaction Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of the Private Shelf Agreement, the Notes, or any other Transaction Document shall nonetheless be payable by each of the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding, to the extent such amount is payable to such holder.
 
7 

 
SECTION 11.       Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be given in the manner prescribed in Section 19 of the Private Shelf Agreement with respect to Prudential, at its notice address therein, with respect to any holder of any Note, at the address specified therein, and with respect to any Guarantor, in care of the Company at the address of the Company set forth in the Private Shelf Agreement or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify to the Company in writing.
 
SECTION 12.       No Waivers .  No failure or delay by any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies provided in this Guaranty, the Private Shelf Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
SECTION 13.       Successors and Assigns .  This Guaranty shall be enforceable by and is for the benefit of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and their respective successors and permitted assigns; it being understood and agreed that in the event that the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations assign or transfer all or a portion of their respective rights and obligations under Section 23.1 of the Private Shelf Agreement, then the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the rights and obligations so assigned, may be transferred with such rights and obligations.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon each of the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns; provided , that no Guarantor shall have any right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of all of the Required Holders, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement, and any such assignment in violation of this Section 13 shall be null and void.
 
SECTION 14.       Changes in Writing .  Other than in connection with the addition of additional Guarantors, which become parties hereto by executing a Joinder, neither this Guaranty nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only in writing signed by each of the Guarantors and the Required Holders.
 
SECTION 15.       GOVERNING LAW .  THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
SECTION 16.       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; JURY TRIAL; IMMUNITY .
 
(A)          EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
 
8 

 
AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT PRUDENTIAL, ANY PURCHASER OR ANY HOLDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY TRANSACTION PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
 
(B)          EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS GUARANTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
 
SECTION 17.       No Strict Construction .  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Guaranty.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Guaranty shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 18.       Taxes, Expenses of Enforcement, etc.
 
(A)          Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable Guarantor) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by such Guarantor, then the applicable Guarantor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
 
9 

 
(B)          Expenses of Enforcement, Etc.   The Guarantors agree to reimburse each Holder of Guaranteed Obligations for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations, in accordance with Section 16.1 of the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
SECTION 19.       Setoff .  At any time after all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations have become due and payable (by acceleration or otherwise), each Holder of Guaranteed Obligations may, without notice to any Guarantor and regardless of the acceptance of any security or collateral for the payment hereof, appropriate and apply in accordance with the terms of the Private Shelf Agreement toward the payment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations: (i) any indebtedness due from such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations to any Guarantor, and (ii) any moneys, credits or other property belonging to any Guarantor, at any time held by or coming into the possession of such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations or any of their respective affiliates.
 
SECTION 20.       Financial Information .  Each Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Company, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof, that diligent inquiry would reveal, and each Guarantor hereby agrees that none of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to any of them regarding such condition or any such circumstances.  In the event any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to a Guarantor, such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations shall be under no obligation (i) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, (ii) to disclose any information which such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance or banking practices, wishes to maintain confidential or (iii) to make any other or future disclosures of such information or any other information to such Guarantor.
 
SECTION 21.       Severability .  Wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 22.       Merger .  This Guaranty represents the final agreement of each of the Guarantors with respect to the matters contained herein and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior or contemporaneous agreements, or subsequent oral agreements, between the Guarantor and any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations.
 
SECTION 23.       Headings .  Section headings in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern the interpretation of any provision of this Guaranty.
 
SECTION 24.       Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency .  Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Private Shelf Agreement or the Notes in the Applicable Currency which is made to or for the account of any Holder of the Guaranteed Obligations in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment
 
10 

 
or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of any Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of such Guarantor under this Guaranty only to the extent of the amount of the Applicable Currency which such Holder of the Guaranteed Obligations could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of the Applicable Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Applicable Currency originally due to such Holder of the Guaranteed Obligations, each Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such Holder of the Guaranteed Obligations from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Guaranty, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such Holder of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.
 
SECTION 25.       Termination of Guaranty .  The obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty shall terminate in accordance with Section 9.8(d) of the Private Shelf Agreement.
 
Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank.
 
11 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Initial Guarantors has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 	[GUARANTORS]	

 	By:	 	
 	Name:	 	
 	Title:	 	
 
12 

 
ANNEX I TO GUARANTY
 
Reference is hereby made to the Guaranty, made as of [                   ,         ], (as amended, amended and restated, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), by and among the Initial Guarantors and the additional Guarantors party thereto from time to time in favor of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Guaranty.  By its execution below, the undersigned [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR], a [state of organization] [corporation] [partnership] [limited liability company] (the “ New Guarantor ”), agrees to become, and does hereby become, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and agrees to be bound by such Guaranty as if originally a party thereto.  By its execution below, the undersigned represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in Section 2 of the Guaranty are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, New Guarantor has executed and delivered this Joinder to the Guaranty as of this                      day of                   , 20      .

 	[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]	

By:	 	 	 	

13 

 
EXHIBIT 4.5(c)
 
[FORM OF]
 
CONFIRMATION OF GUARANTY AGREEMENT
 
THIS CONFIRMATION OF GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this “ Confirmation ”) is entered into by each of the undersigned (which parties are hereinafter each referred to individually as a “ Guaranto r” and collectively as the “ Guarantors ”) in favor of the Series       Purchasers (as defined below) and the other Holders of the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
WHEREAS, Hillenbrand, Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), on the one hand, and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Prudential ”) and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto, on the other hand, have entered into that certain Private Shelf Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated, and as in effect from time to time, the “ Private Shelf Agreement ”), providing, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for the Company to sell its senior promissory notes from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Notes, ” such term to include any such notes issued in substitution thereof pursuant to Section 14 of the Private Shelf Agreement); and
 
WHEREAS, the Guarantors have guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Private Shelf Agreement and the Notes pursuant to that certain Guaranty, dated as of                         ,          (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given therein), made by the Guarantors in favor of the Holders of the Guaranteed Obligations; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Request for Purchase dated as of                            and that certain Confirmation of Acceptance dated as of                                , the Company will issue and certain Prudential Affiliates (the “ Series          Purchasers ”) will purchase, as a Series of the Notes, the Company’s              % Series             Senior Notes Due            (the “ Series             Notes ”); and
 
WHEREAS , the Private Shelf Agreement requires as a condition to the effectiveness of the Series         Purchasers’ obligation to purchase the Series           Notes that each of the Guarantors execute and deliver this Confirmation and reaffirm that the Guaranty secures and guarantees the liabilities and obligations of the Company under the Series           Notes.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce, and in consideration of, the purchase of the Series           Notes by the Series         Purchasers, each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to, each of the Series         Purchasers and each holder from time to time as follows:
 
1.             Confirmation . Each Guarantor hereby ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under the Guaranty, and confirms and agrees that each reference in the Guaranty to the Guaranteed Obligations is construed to hereafter

 
include all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Company in connection with or pursuant to the Series           Notes.  Each Guarantor acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Guaranty remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.  Each Guarantor acknowledges and confirms, as of the date hereof, all waivers in the Guaranty.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and confirms that it intends that the Guaranty will continue to guarantee, to the fullest extent provided thereby, the payment and performance of all Guaranteed Obligations, including, without limitation, the payment and performance of the Series             Notes.
 
2.             Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and other agreements contained in this Confirmation by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder) whether so expressed or not; provided , that no Guarantor shall have any right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of all of the Required Holders, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Private Shelf Agreement, and any such assignment in violation of this Section 2 shall be null and void.
 
3.             No Waiver .  The execution of this Confirmation shall not operate as a novation, waiver of any right, power or remedy of any holder, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Private Shelf Agreement or any Note.
 
4.             Governing Law .  This Confirmation shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
 
5.             Severability .  Wherever possible, each provision of this Confirmation shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Confirmation shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Confirmation.
 
6.             Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts (or counterpart signature pages), each of which counterparts shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Confirmation by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Confirmation.
 
7.             Headings .  Section headings in this Confirmation are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern the interpretation of any provision of this Confirmation.
 
8.             Authorization .  Each Guarantor is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Confirmation, and to perform its obligations under the Guaranty.
 
2 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Confirmation has been duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 	[Insert Guarantors]	

 	By:	
 	 	
 	By:	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	
 	 	Title:	 	
 
3 

 
EXHIBIT 21
 
[Form of]
 
Agreement Regarding Confidentiality
 
[Date]
 
Reference is made to that certain Private Shelf Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012 (the “ Private Shelf Agreement ”) between Hillenbrand, Inc., on one hand, and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes a party thereto, on the other hand.  In accordance with Section 21 of the Private Shelf Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto, the undersigned agrees to be bound by the provisions of such Section 21 of the Private Shelf Agreement to the same extent and with the same effect as if the undersigned were an original signatory thereto.  The Company is hereby made an express third party beneficiary of this letter agreement and the Company may enforce the terms of this letter agreement and Section 21 of the Private Shelf Agreement against the undersigned as if the Company were a party to this letter agreement.  Please acknowledge your agreement with the foregoing by signing in the space provided below.

 	Very truly yours,	

[Prudential Entity]	 	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Vice President	
 	 	
Agreed and Acknowledged:	 	
 	 	
Name of Company:	 	 	
By:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

 
SCHEDULE 5.4
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY AND OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARY STOCK
 
All subsidiaries are wholly-owned Indiana entities, unless otherwise noted.
 
Batesville Services, Inc.
Process Equipment Group, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
Batesville Casket Company, Inc.
Batesville Interactive, Inc.
Batesville Logistics, Inc.
Batesville Manufacturing, Inc.
Batesville Casket de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation
Acorn Development Group, Inc.
BCC JAWACDAH Holdings, LLC
BV Acquisition, Inc.
HMIS, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation
The Forethought Group, Inc.
MCP, Inc.
WCP, Inc.
Hillenbrand International Holding Corporation
NorthStar Industries, LLC
Hillenbrand Luxembourg S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg company
Batesville Holding UK, Ltd, a United Kingdom corporation
Hillenbrand Switzerland GmbH, a Swiss limited liability company
Green Tree Manufacturing, LLC
Modern Wood Products, LLC
K-Tron (Schweiz) GmbH, a Swiss limited liability company
Batesville Canada, Ltd., a Canadian corporation
Batesville Casket UK, Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
Industrias Arga, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation
Global Products Co., S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation
NADCO, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation
K-Tron Investment Co., a Delaware corporation
K-Tron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Rotex Global, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Gundlach Equipment Corporation, a Delaware corporation
K-Tron America, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Pennsylvania Crusher Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Premier Pneumatics, Inc., a Delaware corporation
BC Canada Company, ULC, a Nova Scotia Unlimited Liability Corporation
HIE Heavy Industrial Equipment (Beijing) Co., Ltd., a Chinese FICE
K-Tron Asia PTE Ltd, a Singapore corporation
K-Tron China Limited, a Hong Kong corporation
K-Tron Deutschland GmbH, a German limited liability company
K-Tron Great Britain Ltd, a UK corporation
K-Tron (Shanghai) Co Ltd, a Chinese FICE
K-Tron France S.à.r.l., a French company
PEG Process Equipment India, LLP, an Indian Partnership

 
Rotex Global (Hong Kong) Ltd., a Hong Kong corporation
Rotex Europe Ltd., a UK corporation
Wuxi K-Tron Colormax Machinery Co., Ltd., a Chinese WFOE
WUXI Process Equipment Manufacturing Co., Ltd., a Chinese WFOE
K-Tron Colormax Ltd, a UK corporation
K-Tron PCS Ltd, a UK corporation
Jeffrey Rader Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Jeffrey Rader AB, a Swedish corporation
RC II Inc., a Georgia corporation
Jeffrey Rader Canada Company, a Canadian company
 
Rotex Japan Limited, a UK corporation
Coperion Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Hillenbrand Europe, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company
Hillenbrand Germany Finance LLC & Co. KG, a German partnership
Hillenbrand Germany Holding GmbH, a German limited liability company
Coperion Capital GmbH, a German limited liability company
Coperion GmbH, a German limited liability company
Coperion N.V., a Belgium company
Coperion AB., a Swedish company
Coperion Ltd., a UK company
Coperion S.a.r.l., a French company
000 “Coperion”, a Russian company
Coperion S.L., a Spanish company
Coperion Ltda., a Brazilian company
Coperion Pte, a Singapore company
Coperion Machinery & Systems (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
Coperion International Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., a Chinese company
Coperion (Nanjing) Machinery Co., Ltd., a Chinese company
Coperion K.K., a Japanese company
Coperion S.r.l., an Italian company
 
Joint Ventures
 
Coperion Ideal Pte. Ltd., New Delhi, India — 51% owned by Coperion GmbH
 
Coperion Middle East Co. Ltd., Juball, Saudia Arabia; 51% owned by Coperion GmbH
 
PELL-TEC, Pelletizing Technology GmbH, Niedernberg, Germany — 51% owned by Coperion GmbH
 
2 

 
DIRECTORS AND SENIOR OFFICERS
 
DIRECTORS
 
Kenneth A. Camp
Edward B. Cloues, II
Helen W. Cornell
Mark C. DeLuzio
James A. Henderson
W August Hillenbrand
Ray J. Hillenbrand
Thomas H. Johnson
F. Joseph Loughrey
Eduardo R. Menascé
Neil S. Novich
Stuart A. Taylor, II
 
SENIOR OFFICERS
 
Kenneth A. Camp, President and Chief Executive Officer
Cynthia L. Lucchese, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Joe A. Raver, Senior Vice President
Elizabeth E. Dreyer, Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Kimberly K. Dennis, Senior Vice President
Paul Douglas Wilson, Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer
John R. Zerkle, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Diane R. Bohman, Vice President, Corporate Strategy
Scott P. George, Senior Vice President, New Business Development
Jan M. Santerre, Vice President, Lean Business
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS UNDER PRIMARY CREDIT FACILITY
 
Batesville Services, Inc.
Process Equipment Group, Inc.
Batesville Casket Company, Inc.
Batesville Manufacturing, Inc.
Gundlach Equipment Corporation
K-Tron America, Inc.
Pennsylvania Crusher Corporation
K-Tron Investment Co.
Rotex Global, LLC
 
3 

 
SCHEDULE 10.1
 
EXISTING LIENS
 
Mortgage notes over factory building/equipment at Lenzenhardstr. 45, 5702 Niederlenz, arising under that certain Agreement (Security Agreement), dated September 16, 2003, between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG, as assignor, and Credit Suisse, as the secured party.
 
Mortgage notes over Grundbuch Niederlenz No. 1249, plot no. 1400, Industrie “Lenzhard” 5702 Niederlenz, arising under that certain Credit Facility Agreement, dated August 16, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG, as assignor, and UBS AG, as the secured party.
 
Mortgage notes over factory building/equipment at Lenzenhardstr. 45, 5702 Niederlenz, arising under that certain Agreement (Security Agreement), dated July 17, 2002, between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG, as assignor, and Hypothokarbank, as the secured party.
 
Restricted cash:

Entity	 	Amount 
 (USD equivalent)	 	Bank	 	Location	
K-Tron (Schweiz) GmbH	 	$	1.3m	 	Zurcher Kantonalbank	 	Switzerland	
Jeffrey Rader AB	 	$	0.3m	 	Handelsbanken	 	Sweden	

 
SCHEDULE 10.3
 
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

Description	 	Interest Rate	 	Maturity	 	Amount	 	
Senior Unsecured Notes, issued pursuant to the Indenture between Hillenbrand, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee, dated July 9, 2010	 	5.50% (coupon)	 	7/15/20	 	$150,000,000
(face value)	 	
 
Other Agreements :
 
Loan Agreement, dated September 16, 2003 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG and Credit Suisse, as the secured party, in a principal amount up to CHF 4,900,000.00.
 
Credit Facility Agreement, dated August 16, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG, as assignor, and UBS AG, as the secured party, in a principal amount up to CHF 4,500,000.00.
 
Credit Agreement, dated July 17, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between K-Tron (Schweiz) AG, as assignor, and Hypothokarbank, as the secured party, in a principal amount up to CHF 3,000,000.00.

Exhibit 10.7
 
HILLENBRAND, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
PERFORMANCE BASED UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
 
This Performance Based Unit Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as of the          day of                 , 20      , between Hillenbrand, Inc. (the “Company”) and                            (the “Employee”).  The Award of Performance Based Units made herein is a performance based award of restricted stock units.  The number of Units that will ultimately be earned under this Agreement, as well as the number of shares of Common Stock that will be distributed in settling those earned Units, which will not be determined until the end of the Measurement Period, will depend on the calculated shareholder value of [the Company and/or its applicable operating platform] (for purposes of calculating Shareholder Value Delivered, the “Applicable Platform”) at the end of the Measurement Period, as compared to the expected amount of shareholder value at the end of the Measurement Period.
 
AWARD INFORMATION

Target Performance Based Unit Award
(100% achievement of Shareholder Value Expected)	       Units	
Maximum Performance Based Unit Award
(130% or greater achievement of Shareholder Value Expected)	       Units	
Measurement Period (three fiscal years)	October 1, 20     through September 30, 20	
Shareholder Value Expected (at the end of the Measurement Period)	$              (plus or minus any adjustments required on account of acquisitions)	
Hurdle Rate	       %	
 
AWARD DETERMINATION
 
Award Formula
 
The number of Units that will be earned at the end of the Measurement Period is a function of the amount of the calculated Shareholder Value Delivered at the end of the Measurement Period as a percentage of the Shareholder Value Expected at the end of the Measurement Period.  Except as otherwise provided below in the Terms and Conditions, at the end of the Measurement Period, the Units earned will be the number of whole Units (rounded down) equal to the product of (a) the number of Units comprising the Target Performance Based Unit Award, and (b) a multiplier, as provided in the following table, based on the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the calculated Shareholder Value Delivered at the end of the Measurement Period (as determined below) to the Shareholder Value Expected at the end of the Measurement Period:

 

Calculated Shareholder Value Delivered 
as Percentage of
Shareholder Value Expected	 	Multiplier	
Less than 80%	 	zero (no Units earned)	
At least 80% but less than 90%	 	.2 plus an additional .03 for each full percentage point delivered above minimum for range	
At least 90% but less than 100%	 	.5 plus an additional .05 for each full percentage point delivered above minimum for range	
At least 100% but less than 110%	 	1.0 plus an additional .05 for each full percentage point delivered above minimum for range	
At least 110% but less than 130%	 	1.50 plus an additional .0125 for each full percentage point delivered above minimum for range	
At least 130%	 	1.75 (maximum Units earned)	
 
Adjustments to Shareholder Value Expected
 
If the Company acquires by purchase during the Measurement Period another business or operating unit, however that acquisition might be structured, then the Shareholder Value Expected at the end of the Measurement Period shall be adjusted to reflect the positive or negative impact on Adjusted NOPAT and Adjusted Cash Flows that the Company expects to experience from the operations of the acquired business or operating unit during the Measurement Period (during the last year of the Measurement Period with respect to Adjusted NOPAT and during each year of the Measurement Period with respect to Adjusted Cash Flows).  For purposes of this adjustment, the projected NOPAT and cash flows of such business or operating unit upon which the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors for making the acquisition was based shall be used in order to increase or decrease the Shareholder Value Expected by an appropriate amount.  The actual financial results of the acquired business or operating unit will be reflected in the Company’s financial results for purposes of calculating the Shareholder Value Delivered at the end of the Measurement Period.
 
Calculation of Shareholder Value Delivered
 
The amount of Shareholder Value Delivered at the end of the Measurement Period is calculated by adding two components: the Net Operating Profit After Tax (“NOPAT”) Component and the Cash Flows Component.
 
1.             The NOPAT Component of Shareholder Value Delivered is equal to the Applicable Platform’s Adjusted NOPAT for the last fiscal year of the Measurement Period, divided by the Hurdle Rate.
 
2.             The Cash Flows Component of Shareholder Value Delivered is equal to the sum of the following:
 
2 

 
(a)           the Applicable Platform’s Adjusted Cash Flows for the third fiscal year in the Measurement Period;
 
(b)           the Applicable Platform’s Adjusted Cash Flows for the second fiscal year in the Measurement Period, multiplied by the sum of 100 percent and the Hurdle Rate; and
 
(c)           the Applicable Platform’s Adjusted Cash Flows for the first fiscal year in the Measurement Period, multiplied by the square of the sum of 100 percent and the Hurdle Rate.
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
1.             Grant of Performance Based Units .  Pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Hillenbrand, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), the Company hereby awards to the Employee, who is an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, the opportunity to earn the number of Units that will be determined at the end of the Measurement Period under the Award Determination section above, up to but not exceeding the number of Units specified above as the Maximum Performance Based Unit Award (the “Units”).  Each Unit represents the conditional right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, without par value (“Common Stock”).  Upon settlement at the end of the Measurement Period, the earned Units will be settled by the distribution to the Employee of one share of Common Stock for each Unit being settled, plus that number of Dividend Shares distributable with respect to the earned Units, as provided in Paragraphs 6 and 7 and subject to withholding as provided in Paragraph 11.
 
2.             Acceptance; Transfer Restrictions .  The Employee hereby accepts the award of Units described in this Agreement and agrees that the Units will be held by the Employee and the Employee’s successors subject to (and will not be disposed of except in accordance with) all of the restrictions, terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Plan.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, the Employee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the Units, any shares of Common Stock underlying the Units, or any interest in the Units or underlying shares of Common Stock, until the Measurement Period expires, at which time the Employee’s rights in the Units will be earned and settled to the extent provided in this Agreement.  Any purported sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition or encumbrance in violation of this Agreement or the Plan will be void and of no effect.
 
3.             Earning/Measurement Period .  If the Employee remains employed by the Company or a Subsidiary through the end of the Measurement Period, then at the end of the Measurement Period the Units will become fully earned, to the extent determined under “Award Determination” above.  If the Employee does not remain employed through the end of the Measurement Period, the provisions of Paragraph 8 below will apply in determining the number of Units, if any, which will become earned at the end of the Measurement Period.  All Units not earned at the end of the Measurement Period will be forfeited, and the Employee will have no rights or interest in or to those forfeited Units.
 
4.             Unfunded Obligations .  The Company will reflect the Employee’s interests in the Units and the underlying shares of Common Stock by means of bookkeeping entries on the
 
3 

 
financial records of the Company, and this Agreement will not create in the Employee or any successors any right to, or claim against any, specific assets of the Company or result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Employee or any successors.  With respect their interests under this Agreement, the Employee and any successors will be general creditors of the Company.
 
5.             Voting Rights .  The Employee will not have any rights of a shareholder to vote the shares of Common Stock underlying the Units until the Units are earned and settled after the end of the Measurement Period.  Once the Units are settled by distribution of shares of Common Stock, the Employee will have all shareholder voting rights with respect to those shares of Common Stock.
 
6.             Dividends and Other Distributions; Dividend Shares .  The Employee will not have any rights of a shareholder to receive dividends or other distributions with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the Units until the Units are earned and settled after the end of the Measurement Period.  Once the Units are settled by distribution of shares of Common Stock, the Employee will have all shareholder rights to dividends and other distributions with respect to those shares of Common Stock.  However, during the Measurement Period, and thereafter until such time as the shares attributable to earned Units are distributed to the Employee, the Company will, on its books and records, credit the Employee with the number of notional shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Dividend Shares”) that could have been purchased on each Common Stock dividend payment date, at the then current Fair Market Value, with the dividends that would have been payable on the number of shares underlying the Units and on the Dividend Shares previously credited to the Employee under this Paragraph.  At the time settlement is made with respect to the earned Units pursuant to Paragraph 7, the Company will distribute to the Employee (in addition to and in the same manner as the shares attributable to the earned Units) that number of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to the credited Dividend Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of earned Units and the denominator of which is the number of all Units (being the Maximum Performance Based Unit Award).  Any remaining Dividend Shares on the Company’s records shall be forfeited and the Employee shall have no right thereto or interest therein.
 
7.             Actions after Earning is Determined .  As soon after the end of the Measurement Period as is practicable, and in any event on or before the end of the calendar year during which the Measurement Period ends, the Company will settle the earned Units by distributing to the Employee one share of Common Stock for each Unit earned under this Agreement.  To distribute those shares of Common Stock, the Company will, in its discretion, either deliver to the Employee stock certificates representing, or shall instruct the Company’s transfer agent to recognize in book entry form that the Employee is the registered holder of, the number of shares of Common Stock attributable to the earned Units as of the end of the Measurement Period, free from any restrictions or other terms and conditions of this Agreement.  At that same time, the Company shall take such actions as it shall deem appropriate to cancel the forfeited Units and to cause them to no longer be recognized as outstanding awards under the Plan.  In addition, the Company will issue to the Employee that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Dividend Shares to which the Employee is entitled under Paragraph 6.  The Employee (or his or her successors) shall execute and deliver such instruments and take such other actions as the Company shall reasonably request with respect to the actions to be taken pursuant to this Paragraph.
 
4 

 
8.             Termination of Employment .  If the Employee’s employment with the Company and/or a Subsidiary terminates during the Measurement Period (a transfer of employment among the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be treated as a termination of employment), then all or some portion of the Units that would otherwise have become earned Units had the Employee remained employed throughout the entire Measurement Period, if any (the “Full Period Units”), will be earned or be forfeited as follows:
 
(a)           if the Employee’s employment terminates due to death, Disability or Retirement, then at the end of the Measurement Period the number of Units that then become earned Units will be equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole Unit) of (i) the number of Full Period Units, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum (to a maximum of 156) of 52 plus the number of full weeks in the Measurement Period during which the Employee was employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, and the denominator of which is 156;
 
(b)           if the Employee’s employment terminates due to involuntary termination without Cause, then at the end of the Measurement Period the number of Units that then become earned Units will be equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole Unit) of (i) the number of Full Period Units, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full weeks in the Measurement Period during which the Employee was employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, and the denominator of which is 156.
 
(c)           if the Employee, at termination of employment, is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary that provides for the voluntary termination of employment by the Employee for Good Reason, and if the Employee terminates employment voluntarily for Good Reason, then at the end of the Measurement Period the number of Units that then become earned Units will be the same portion of the Full Period Units as if the Employee’s employment had been involuntarily terminated without Cause, as determined under subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph; and
 
(d)           upon termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason other than those described in subparagraph (a), (b), or (c) of this Paragraph, all of the Units will be forfeited immediately upon the termination of the Employee’s employment.
 
9.             Change in Control .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control during the Measurement Period, the number of Units that then become earned Units will be equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole Unit) of (i) the number of Units equal to the Target Performance Based Unit Award, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full weeks in the Measurement Period prior to the Change in Control, and the denominator of which is 156, and all other Shares will be forfeited.  If the Employee is a party to a Change in Control Agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary that, by its terms, covers outstanding awards of performance based restricted stock units, this Agreement supersedes the terms of that Change in Control Agreement with respect to the Units and the earning or forfeiture thereof.
 
10.          Potential Repayment Obligation .  This Section 10 is applicable only if the Employee holds the office of Vice President, or a higher office, with the Company or one of its significant Subsidiaries as of the effective date of this Agreement.  If the Company is required, because of fraud or negligence, to restate its financial statements for any fiscal year(s) included
 
5 

 
in the Measurement Period and such restatement occurs after the end of the Measurement Period but within three (3) years after the end of the fiscal year being restated (as so restated, the financial statements restated within such three (3) year period are referred to herein as the “Restated Financial Statements,” and for clarification purposes any restatement of the Company’s financial statements for a fiscal year that occurs more than three (3) years after the end of such fiscal year shall not be relevant under, and shall not be considered to be a Restated Financial Statement for purposes of, this Section), and if the number of shares of Common Stock (including shares earned as Dividend Shares) earned by the Employee under this Agreement (shares that vested and were not forfeited as calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements prior to the restatement thereof, being referred to herein as the “Previously Earned Shares”) is greater than the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been earned by the Employee hereunder if the number of shares earned had been calculated in accordance with the Restated Financial Statements (the “Recalculated Earned Shares,” with the excess of the number of Previously Earned Shares over the number of Recalculated Earned Shares being referred to herein as the “Excess Issued Shares”), then the Company may, in its discretion, by written demand made upon the Employee at any time within three (3) years after the end of the Measurement Period (the “Share Return Notification”), require the Employee to return to the Company all or any lesser specified number of the Excess Issued Shares (with the number of shares to be returned to the Company being referred to herein as the “Return Shares”).  Within ninety (90) days after the Share Return Notification is given to the Employee, the Employee shall either (a) transfer to the Company, free and clear of all liens, security interests or other encumbrances, that number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the Return Shares, or (b) pay to the Company a sum equal to the Fair Market Value of the Return Shares as of the last day of the Measurement Period, or (c) by a combination of shares transferred and cash paid to the Company under clauses (a) and (b) above, effectively satisfy the obligation of the Employee to the Company under this Section.  If the Employee fails to satisfy his or her obligation to the Company under this Section in full by the due date stated above, the Employee shall also pay to the Company interest on the cash amount of such obligation (calculated pursuant to clause (b) above) from such due date until paid in full at a rate of interest equal to the prevailing national “prime rate” of interest on such due date plus an amount equal to the attorneys’ fees incurred by the Company in collecting amounts due from the Employee under this Section.  After the Return Shares (or the cash equivalent) have been transferred back to the Company as required herein, the Company shall file such federal and state tax returns or amended returns, amended W-2 forms, or other tax filings as shall be required of it by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Employee with respect to all excess income and FICA taxes withheld and/or paid by the Company in connection with or attributable to the Return Shares.  The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to Units that are earned upon a Change in Control pursuant to Paragraph 9 of this Agreement.
 
11.          Withholding .  At the time of the settlement of Units by distribution of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 7 of this Agreement, the Company has the right and power to deduct or withhold, or require the Employee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable tax withholding requirements with respect to such distributed shares.  The Company may permit or require the Employee to satisfy all or part of the tax withholding obligations in connection with this Agreement by (a) having the Company withhold otherwise distributable shares, or (b) delivering to the Company shares of Company Common Stock already owned for a period of at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period as may be required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes), in each case
 
6 

 
having a value equal to the amount to be withheld, which shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory tax withholding rate (or such other rate as will not result in a negative accounting impact).  For these purposes, the value of the shares of Common Stock to be withheld or delivered will be equal to the Fair Market Value as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
 
12.          Deferral of Distribution; Code Section 409A Compliance .  The Employee may make a one-time, irrevocable election to defer distribution of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of earned Units by completing and submitting a written election to the Company on such forms and following such procedures as are required by the Company for effecting such elections.  To be effective, the election must be delivered to the Company by the date that is six months before the last day of the Measurement Period and must specify an event or date for distribution of shares of Common Stock from among the following: (a) separation of service, (b) Disability, (c) death, (d) a fixed date, or (e) a Change in Control.  The Employee’s right to defer, as well as all other provisions of this Agreement, shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the applicable standards for nonqualified deferred compensation plans established by Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and its interpretive regulations and other regulatory guidance.  To the extent that any terms of this Agreement would subject the Employee to gross income inclusion, interest, or additional tax pursuant to Code Section 409A, those terms are to that extent superseded by, and shall be adjusted to the minimum extent necessary to satisfy, the applicable Code Section 409A standards.
 
13.          Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be written and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified first-class mail, postage prepaid and return receipt required, addressed as follows: if to the Company, to the Company’s executive offices in Batesville, Indiana, and if to the Employee or his or her successor, to the address last furnished by the Employee to the Company.  The Company may, however, authorize notice by any other means it deems desirable or efficient at a given time, such as notice by facsimile or electronic mail.
 
14.          No Employment Rights .  Neither the Plan nor this Agreement confers upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary or interferes in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the Employee’s employment or service at any time.
 
15.          Plan Controlling .  The terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are controlling.  All determinations and interpretations of the Company are binding and conclusive upon the Employee and his or her legal representatives.  The Employee agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Plan.
 
16.          Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings provided in this Paragraph.  The terms included in the Award Information section of this Agreement have the values specified in that section.  All other terms used in this Agreement as capitalized defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.
 
(a)           “Adjusted NOPAT” is net operating profit after tax adjusted for the following items (net of tax where applicable):
 
7 

 
(i)            Income, losses or impairments from specific financial instruments held by the Company immediately following the spin-off of the Company in 2008 (i.e., auction rate securities, equity limited partnerships, common stock, and Forethought note);
 
(ii)           Interest income on corporate investments and interest expense on corporate debt;
 
(iii)          All professional fees, due diligence fees, expenses, and integration costs related to a specific acquisition;
 
(iv)          Amortization expense of intangible long-lived assets where internally generated costs are not customarily capitalized in the normal course of the business (e.g., customer lists, patents, etc.);
 
(v)           All adjustments made to net income related to changes in the fair value of contingent earn-out awards;
 
(vi)          External extraordinary, non-recurring, and material legal costs (e.g., antitrust litigation);
 
(vii)         Restructuring charges and other items related to a restructuring plan approved by the Company’s CEO;
 
(viii)        Changes in accounting pronouncements in United States GAAP or applicable international standards that cause an inconsistency in computation as originally designed; and
 
(ix)          Other items to be included as approved by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors, except to the extent the Employee is a “covered employee” as that term is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).
 
(b)           “Adjusted Cash Flows” means, with respect to each fiscal year in the Measurement Period, the net cash provided by operating activities (whether positive or negative) less capital expenditures net of proceeds on the disposal of property, all as shown on audited financial statements for the fiscal year, as adjusted (net of tax where applicable) to exclude the effects of the following items:
 
(i)            Cash receipts or disbursements from financial instruments held by the Company immediately following the spin-off of the Company in 2008 (i.e., equity limited partnerships);
 
(ii)           Interest income on corporate investments and interest expense on corporate debt;
 
(iii)          The difference between the cash pension payment for an active defined benefit plan actually made and the pension expense recorded;
 
8 

 
(iv)          External extraordinary, non-recurring, and material legal disbursements (e.g., antitrust litigation);
 
(v)           Changes in accounting pronouncements in United States GAAP or applicable international standards that cause an inconsistency in computation as originally designed;
 
(vi)          The cost of consummated acquisitions, including the purchase price, all professional fees, due diligence fees, expenses, and integration costs; and
 
(vii)         Other items to be included as approved by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors, except to the extent the Employee is a “covered employee” as that term is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).
 
(c)           “Cause” means:
 
(i)            if the Employee is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary that defines “cause” or a comparable term, the definition in that employment agreement, and
 
(ii)           if not, the Company’s good faith determination that the Employee has:
 
(1)           failed or refused to comply fully and timely with any reasonable instruction or order of the Company or applicable Subsidiary, provided that such noncompliance is not based primarily on the Employee’s compliance with applicable legal or ethical standards;
 
(2)           acquiesced or participated in any conduct that is dishonest, fraudulent, illegal (at the felony level), unethical, involves moral turpitude, or is otherwise illegal and involves conduct that has the potential to cause the Company or a Subsidiary or any of their respective officers or directors embarrassment or ridicule;
 
(3)           violated any applicable Company or Subsidiary policy or procedure, including the Company’s Code of Ethical Business Conduct; or
 
(4)           engaged in any act that is contrary to the best interests of or would expose the Company, a Subsidiary, their related businesses, or any of their respective officers or directors to probable civil or criminal liability, excluding the Employee’s actions in accordance with applicable legal or ethical standards.
 
(d)           “Disability” means:
 
(i)            if the Employee, at termination of employment, is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary that defines
 
9 

 
“disability” or a comparable term, the definition in such employment agreement, and
 
(ii)           if not, the Company’s good faith determination that the Employee is eligible (except for the waiting period) for permanent disability benefits under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.
 
(e)           “Good Reason” means, if the Employee, at termination of employment, is a party to a written employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, the definition given to that term or a comparable term in that agreement, if any.
 
(f)            “Retirement” means termination of employment after having:
 
(i)            completed at least five years of service in the aggregate with the Company, Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Hillenbrand Industries, Inc.), or any Subsidiaries of either of them, and
 
(ii)           reached age fifty-five (55).
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 	 	
 	[EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE]	
 	 	
 	Print Name:	 	

 	HILLENBRAND, INC.	
 	 	
 	By:	 	
 	 	 	
 	Print Name:	 	
 	 	 	
 	Title:	 	

10 

EXHIBIT 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Kenneth A. Camp, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hillenbrand, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a.)           designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.)           designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.)            evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.)           disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.)           all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.)           any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:  February 4, 2013

/s/ Kenneth A. Camp	 	
Kenneth A. Camp	 	
President and Chief Executive Officer	 	
 
1 

EXHIBIT 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Cynthia L. Lucchese certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hillenbrand, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a.)           designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.)           designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.)            evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.)           disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.)           all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.)           any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:  February 4, 2013

/s/ Cynthia L. Lucchese	 	
Cynthia L. Lucchese	 	
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	
 
1 

EXHIBIT 32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Hillenbrand, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kenneth A. Camp, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)               The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)               The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Kenneth A. Camp	 	
Kenneth A. Camp	 	
President and Chief Executive Officer	 	
February 4, 2013	 	
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hillenbrand, Inc. and will be retained by Hillenbrand, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
1 

EXHIBIT 32.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Hillenbrand, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Cynthia L. Lucchese, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)               The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)               The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Cynthia L. Lucchese	 	
Cynthia L. Lucchese	 	
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	
February 4, 2013	 	
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Hillenbrand, Inc. and will be retained by Hillenbrand, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
1